Letter of Aristeas

Greek: Thackeray's text as printed in Swete, An Introduction to the Old Testament in Greek, 2nd edition 1914, Appendix, via Attalus (§43 via CCEL). English: Thackeray, SPCK First Edition 1917, via the Internet Archive. Click a Greek word: if it belongs to one of the 16 curated lexicon entries, that entry is shown; otherwise the not-available note appears — the seed-only rule, unchanged from Phase 1.

§1§51§100§200§322

§1 §2 →

Ἀξιολόγου διηγήσεως, ὦ Φιλόκρατες, περὶ τῆς γενηθείσης ἡμῖν ἐντυχίας πρὸς Ἐλεάζαρον τὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέα συνεσταμένης, διὰ τὸ σὲ περὶ πολλοῦ πεποιῆσθαι, παρ᾽ ἕκαστα ὑπομιμνήσκων, συνακοῦσαι περὶ ὧν ἀπεστάλημεν καὶ διὰ τί, πεπείραμαι σαφῶς ἐκθέσθαι σοι, κατειληφὼς ἣν ἔχεις φιλομαθῆ διάθεσιν,
As the story of our deputation to Eleazar, the high priest of the Jews, is worth the telling, and because thou, Philocrates, hast set thy heart, as thou art constantly reminding me, on learning the motives and purpose of our mission, I have endeavoured to give thee a clear account of the matter. I know that love of learning of thine; and it is indeed man's highest task "ever to make addition to his store of learning and acquirements,"

§2 ← §1 §3 →

ὅπερ μέγιστόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ, προσμανθάνειν ἀεί τι καὶ προσλαμβάνειν, ἤτοι κατὰ τὰς ἱστορίας, ἢ καὶ κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα πεπειραμένῳ. οὕτω γὰρ κατασκευάζεται ψυχῆς καθαρὰ διάθεσις, ἀναλαβοῦσα τὰ κάλλιστα· καὶ πρὸς τὸ πάντων κυριώτατον νενευκυῖα τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀπλανεῖ κεχρημένη κανόνι διοικεῖ.
either by the study of history or by actual experience of affairs. The soul is thus built up in purity, by taking up into itself what is best, and with piety, supreme above all, as its aim, is assisted in its pursuit by an unerring guide.

§3 ← §2 §4 →

Τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔχοντες ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὸ περιέργως τὰ θεῖα κατανοεῖν, ἑαυτοὺς ἐπεδώκαμεν εἰς τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα πρεσβείαν, καλοκαγαθίᾳ καὶ δόξῃ προτετιμημένον ὑπό τε τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ κατακεκτημένον μεγίστην ὠφέλειαν τοῖς σὺν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους τόπους πολίταις, πρὸς τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τοῦ θείου νόμου, διὰ τὸ γεγράφθαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐν διφθέραις ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασιν.
It was my devotion to the careful study of religion which led me to offer my services for the embassy to the man I have mentioned, who, owing to his virtuous character and exalted position, is held in high honour both by his countrymen and by the rest of the world, and is in possession of documents of the greatest service to his nation, whether at home or abroad, for the translation of the divine law, because it exists in their country written on parchment in Hebrew characters.

§4 ← §3 §5 →

ἣν δὴ καὶ ἐποιησάμεθα ἡμεῖς σπουδῇ, λαβόντες καιρὸν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα περὶ τῶν μετοικισθέντων εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ πατρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως, πρώτως κεκτημένου τήν τε πόλιν καὶ κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον παρειληφότος. Ἄξιόν ἐστι καὶ ταῦτά σοι δηλῶσαι.
This embassy then I undertook with enthusiasm, after finding an opportunity of approaching the king on the subject of the men who were removed to Egypt from Judaea by the king's father, when first he took over the city and the government of Egypt.

§5 ← §4 §6 →

πέπεισμαι γὰρ σε μᾶλλον ἔχοντα πρόσκλισιν πρὸς τὴν σεμνότητα καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων διάθεσιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν σεμνὴν νομοθεσίαν διεξαγόντων, περὶ ὧν προαιρούμεθα {δηλοῦν, ἀσμένως σε} ἀκούσεσθαι, προσφάτως παραγεγενημένον ἐκ τῆς νήσου πρὸς ἡμεῖς, καὶ βουλόμενον συνακούειν ὅσα πρὸς ἐπισκευὴν ψυχῆς ὑπάρχει.
This story also it is worth while my telling thee. For I am persuaded that thou above all men, with thy leanings towards the holiness and the sentiments of the men who live in accordance with the holy law, wilt gladly listen to the story about them which I purpose to narrate, having but recently come over from the island to us and being anxious to hear whatever makes for the soul's edification.

§6 ← §5 §7 →

καὶ πρότερον δὲ διεπεμψάμην σοι περὶ ὧν ἐνόμιζον ἀξιομνημονεύτων εἶναι τὴν ἀναγραφήν, ἣν μετελάβομεν παρὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν λογιωτάτην Αἴγυπτον λογιωτάτην ἀρχιερέων περὶ τοῦ γένους τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
On a former occasion, too, I sent thee a description of matters in my opinion worthy of record concerning the Jewish nation, which I obtained from the high priests, the most learned body in that most learned land of Egypt.

§7 ← §6 §8 →

φιλομαθῶς γὰρ ἔχοντί σοι περὶ τῶν δυναμένων ὠφελῆσαι διάνοιαν δέον ἐστὶ μεταδιδόναι, μάλιστα μὲν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁμοίοις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ γνησίαν ἔχοντι τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸ συγγενὲς ἀδελφῷ καθεστῶτι τὸν τρόπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ὁρμῇ τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα ἡμῖν.
It is right to communicate such things to thee with thy eagerness to learn what may benefit the mind; very willingly would I impart them to all who are like-minded with thee, but chiefly to thee; so sincere are thy principles, and not only does thy character shew thee to be my brother by birth, but in thy striving after goodness thou art at one with me.

§8 ← §7 §9 →

χρυσοῦ γὰρ χάρις ἢ κατασκευή τις ἄλλη τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ τοῖς κενοδόξοις ὠφέλεισαν οὐκ ἔχει τὴν αὐτήν, ὅσον ἡ παιδείας ἀγωγὴ καὶ ἡ περὶ τούτων φροντίς. ἵνα δὲ μὴ περὶ τῶν προλεγομένων μηκύνοντες ἀδόλεσχόν τι ποιῶμεν, ἐπὶ τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς διηγήσεως ἐπανήξομεν.
For neither the attraction of gold nor any other of the objects that the vain-glorious hold in honour confers the same benefit as a cultured training and the pains expended thereon. But, not to weary you with too long an introduction, I will resume the thread of the narrative.

§9 ← §8 §10 →

Κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης Δημήτριος ὁ Φαληρεὺς ἐχρηματίσθη πολλὰ διάφορα πρὸς τὸ συναγαγεῖν, εἰ δυνατόν, ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην βιβλία· καὶ ποιούμενος ἀγορασμοὺς καὶ μεταγραφὰς ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγεν, ὅσον ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πρόθεσιν.
Demetrius of Phalerum, as keeper of the king's library, received large grants of public money with a view to his collecting, if possible, all the books in the world: and by purchases and transcriptions he to the best of his ability carried the king's purpose into execution.

§10 ← §9 §11 →

παρόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐρωτηθεὶς Πόσαι τινὲς μυριάδες τυγχάνουσι βιβλίων; εἶπεν Ὑπὲρ τὰς εἴκοσι, βασιλεῦ· σπουδάσω δ᾽ ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ πρὸς τὸ πληρωθῆναι πεντήκοντα μυριάδας τὰ λοιπά. προσήγγελται δέ μοι καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι.
Being asked once in my presence, about how many thousands of books were already collected, he replied "More than two hundred thousand, O king; and I will ere long make diligent search for the remainder, so that a total of half a million may be reached. I am informed that the Jews also have certain laws which are deserving of transcription and a place in thy library."

§11 ← §10 §12 →

Τί τὸ κωλῦον οὖν, εἶπεν, ἐστί σε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; πάντα γὰρ ὑποτέτακταί σοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος εἶπεν Ἑρμηνείας προσδεῖται· χαρακτῆρσι γὰρ ἰδίοις κατὰ Ἰουδαίων χρῶνται, καθάπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων θέσει, καθὸ καὶ φωνὴν ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν. ὑπολαμβάνονται Συριακῇ χρῆσθαι· τὸ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερος τρόπος. Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπε γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅπως τὰ προειρημένα τελείωσιν λάβῃ.
"What is to hinder thee, then," replied the king, "in this task? For all the necessary means are at thy service." And Demetrius answered, "Translation is also required. For in the Jews' land they use a peculiar script (just as Egyptians have their system of letters) and speak a peculiar language. It is commonly thought that they use the Syrian language, but this is an error; it is another dialect." And when the king had learnt all the facts, he gave command that a letter should be written to the high priest of the Jews, in order that the proposal above-mentioned might be carried into effect.

§12 ← §11 §13 →

νομίσας δὲ ἐγὼ καιρὸν εἶναι περὶ ὧν πολλάκις ἠξιώκειν Σωσίβιόν τε τὸν Ταραντῖνον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, τοὺς ἀρχισωματοφύλακας, περὶ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῶν μετηγμένων ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως—ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐπελθὼν τὰ κατὰ κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην ἅπαντα, συγχρώμενος εὐημερίᾳ μετὰ ἀνδρείας, τοὺς μὲν μετῴκιζεν, οὓς δὲ ᾐχμαλώτιζε, φόβῳ πάντα ὑποχείρια ποιούμενος· ἐν ὅσῳ καὶ πρὸς δέκα μυριάδας ἐκ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώρας εἰς Αἴγυπτον μετήγαγεν,
And now thought I was the opportunity for introducing a matter about which I had often made request to Sosibius of Tarentum and Andreas, the heads of the bodyguard, namely, the liberation of the Jews who had been carried away from Judaea by the king's father. For he, after overrunning the whole of Coele-Syria and Phoenicia, assisted by good fortune and his own prowess, transplanted some and made prisoners of others, terrorizing and reducing the whole country to submission. It was on this occasion that he carried away more than a hundred thousand persons from the Jews' country into Egypt,

§13 ← §12 §14 →

ἀφ᾽ ὧν ὡσεὶ τρεῖς μυριάδας καθοπλίσας ἀνδρῶν ἐκλεκτῶν εἰς τὴν χώραν κατῴκισεν ἐν τοῖς φρουρίοις (ἤδη μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἱκανῶν εἰσεληλυθότων σὺν τῷ Πέρσῃ, καὶ πρὸ τούτων ἑτέρων συμμαχιῶν ἐξαπεσταλμένων πρὸς τὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασιλέα μάχεσθαι σὺν Ψαμμιτίχῳ ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τοσοῦτοι τῷ πλήθει παρεγενήθησαν, ὅσους Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τοῦ Λάγου μετήγαγε)·
of which number he armed about thirty thousand picked men and settled them in the fortresses in the country. (Many Jews had already before this entered the country along with the Persian, and others had at a still earlier time been sent out as auxiliaries to fight in the army of Psammetichus against the king of the Ethiopians; but these immigrants were not so large a body as those whom Ptolemy, son of Lagus, introduced.)

§14 ← §13 §15 →

καθὼς δὲ προείπομεν, ἐπιλέξας τοὺς ἀρίστους ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ῥώμῃ διαφέροντας καθώπλισε, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν χῦμα πρεσβυτέρων καὶ νεωτέρων, ἔτι δὲ γυναικῶν, εἴασεν εἰς τὴν οἰκετίαν, οὐχ οὕτως τῇ προαιρέσει κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων, ὡς κατακρατούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, δι᾽ ἃς ἐπεποίηντο χρείας ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς ἀγῶσιν—ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπεί τινα παρεύρεσιν εἰς τὴν ἀπόλυσιν αὐτῶν ἀπελάβομεν, καθὼς προδεδήλωται, τοιούτοις ἐχρησάμεθα λόγοις πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα.
Well, as we said before, he selected those who were best fitted for service by age and physique, and armed them, but the remaining mass, those who were too old or too young for service, and the women as well, he reduced to bondage, not of his own free will, but rather compelled thereto by the soldiers, who claimed them in return for the services which they had rendered in action. Having, therefore, found some pretext for their release, as already explained, I addressed the king somewhat as follows:

§15 ← §14 §16 →

μήποτε ἄλογον ᾖ ἐλέγχεσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τῆς γὰρ νομοθεσίας κειμένης πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἣν ἡμεῖς οὐ μόνον μεταγράψαι ἐπινοοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διερμηνεῦσαι, τίνα λόγον ἕξομεν πρὸς ἀποστολήν, ἐν οἰκετίαις ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ σῇ βασιλείᾳ πληθῶν ἱκανῶν; ἀλλὰ τελείᾳ καὶ πλουσίᾳ ψυχῇ ἀπόλυσον τοὺς συνεχομένους ἐν ταλαιπωρίαις, κατευθύνοντάς σου τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ τεθεικότος αὐτοῖς θεοῦ τὸν νόμον, καθὼς περιείργασμαι.
"It would surely be unreasonable, O king, to let our deeds give the lie to our words. For, as the laws which we are proposing not only to transcribe but also to translate are binding on all Jews, what justification shall we find for our mission, whilst large numbers of the race continue in slavery in thy kingdom? Nay, with a perfect and bounteous heart release those who are held fast in miseries, since the same God who gave them their law directs thy kingdom, as my research has taught me.

§16 ← §15 §17 →

τὸν γὰρ πάντων ἐπόπτην καὶ κτίστην θεὸν οὗτοι σέβοντα, ὃν καὶ πάντες, ἡμεῖς δέ, βασιλεῦ, προσονομάζοντες ἑτέρως Ζῆνα καὶ Δία· τοῦτο δ᾽ οὐκ ἀνοικείως οἱ πρῶτοι διεσήμαναν, δι᾽ ὃν ζωοποιοῦνται τὰ πάντα καὶ γίνεται, τοῦτον ἁπάντων ἡγεῖσθαί τε καὶ κυριεύειν. ὑπερηρκὼς δὲ σύμπαντας ἀνθρώπους τῇ λαμπρότητι τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπόλυσιν ποίησαι τῶν ἐνεχομένων ταῖς οἰκετίαις.
For the God who sees and created all things whom they worship is He whom all men worship, and we too, O king, though we address Him by other names as Zeus and Dis; and by these names they of old time not inappropriately signified that He, through whom all things receive their life and being, is the Director and Lord of all. Outdo, then, all men in magnanimity, and set at liberty those who are held in bondage."

§17 ← §16 §18 →

οὐδὲ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισχών, καὶ ἡμῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐχομένων, τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ κατασκευάσαι πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἅπαντας ἀπολυθῆναι (κτῖσμα γὰρ ὂν θεοῦ τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ μεταλλοιοῦται καὶ τρέπεται πάλιν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ· διὸ πολλαχῶς καὶ ποικίλως ἐπεκαλούμην τὸν κυριεύοντα κατὰ καρδίαν, ἵνα συναναγκασθῇ, καθὼς ἠξίουν, ἐπιτελέσαι·
The king kept silence for a while, and I inwardly prayed to God to dispose his mind to a general release. (For the human race, being God's creation, is swayed and moved by Him; and therefore I called with many and divers prayers upon Him that rules the heart, that he might be constrained to fulfil my desire.

§18 ← §17 §19 →

μεγάλην γὰρ εἶχον ἐλπίδα, περὶ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων προτιθέμενος λόγον, ὅτι τὴν ἐπιτέλειαν ὁ θεὸς ποιήσει τῶν ἀξιουμένων· ὃ γὰρ πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐπιμέλειαν ἐν ὁσιότητι νομίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι ποιεῖν, κατευθύνει τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐπιβολὰς ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός),
For I had a good hope, in bringing forward a proposal concerning the deliverance of men, that God would cause the fulfilment of my desires; for when men piously think that they are working for righteousness and the furtherance of good deeds, it is God Almighty who directs their actions and designs.)

§19 ← §18 §20 →

ὁ δὲ διανακύψας καὶ προσβλέψας ἱλαρῷ τῷ προσώπῴ Πόσας ὑπολαμβάνεις μυριάδας ἔσεσθαι; ἔφη. παρεστὼς δὲ Ἀνδρέας ἀπεφήνατο Βραχεῖ πλεῖον μυριάδων δέκα. ὁ δέ, Μικρόν γε, εἶπεν, Ἀριστέας ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖ πρᾶγμα. Σωσίβιος δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων τινὲς τοῦτ᾽ εἶπον· Καὶ γὰρ ἄξιόν ἐστι τῆς σῆς μεγαλοψυχίας, ὅπως χαριστήριον ἀναθῇ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ τὴν τούτων ἀπόλυσιν. μεγίστως γὰρ τετιμημένος ὑπὸ τοῦ κρατοῦντος τὰ πάντα καὶ δεδοξασμένος ὑπὲρ τοὺς προγόνους, εἰ καὶ μέγιστα ποιήσεις χαριστήρια, καθῆκόν ἐστι σοι.
But the king, raising his head and looking at me with a cheerful countenance, said, "How many thousands dost thou suppose there will be?" And Andreas, who was standing close by, replied, "A little over a hundred thousand." "Of a truth," said he, "it is but a small request which Aristeas makes of us." But Sosibius and some others who were present said, "It is indeed an action worthy of thy magnanimity to offer the release of these men as a thank-offering to the Most High God. For, as thou hast been most highly honoured by the Almighty and exalted above thy forefathers, so is it fitting that thou shouldest make the very highest of thank-offerings."

§20 ← §19 §21 →

διαχυθεὶς δὲ εὖ μάλα τοῖς ὀψωνίοις εἶπε προσθεῖναι, καὶ σώματος ἑκάστου κομίζεσθαι δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐκθεῖναι πρόσταγμα, τὰς δὲ ἀπογραφὰς ποιεῖσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτά, μεγαλείως χρησάμενος τῇ προθυμίᾳ, τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πᾶσαν ἐπιτελέσαντος ἡμῶν προαίρεσιν, καὶ συναναγκάσαντος αὐτὸν ἀπολυτρῶσαι μὴ μόνον τοὺς συνεληλυθότας τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τινες προῆσαν, ἢ μετὰ ταῦτα παρεισήχθησαν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. ὑπὲρ τὰ τετρακόσια τάλαντα τὴν δόσιν ἀπέφαινον εἶναι.
And he, greatly delighted, gave orders that the redemption money should be added to the soldiers' pay: for every slave the owner should receive twenty drachmas: a decree should be published on the subject, and the registers should be drawn up forthwith. So magnificent was his zeal, and thus did God fulfil our whole desire, constraining him to liberate not only those who had entered the country with his father's army, but also any who were there before or had since been introduced into the kingdom. It was pointed out that the donation would exceed four hundred talents.

§21 ← §20 §22 →

καὶ τοῦ προστάγματος δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον οὐκ ἄχρηστον οἴομαι κατακεχωρίσθαι. πολλῷ γὰρ ἡ μεγαλομοιρία φανερωτέρα καὶ εὔδηλος ἔσται τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ θεοῦ κατισχύοντος αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σωτηρίαν γενέσθαι πλήθεσιν ἱκανοῖς.
And I think that it will not be without use to have on record here a copy of the decree. For the munificence of the king, who was empowered by God to be the means of deliverance to vast multitudes, will thus be made far clearer and more evident. It ran thus:

§22 ← §21 §23 →

ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο· Τοῦ βασιλέως προστάξαντος—Ὅσοι τῶν συνεστρατευμένων τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην τόπους ἐπελθόντες τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώραν ἐγκρατεῖς ἐγένοντο σωμάτων Ἰουδαϊκῶν καὶ ταῦτα διακεκομίκασιν εἴς τε τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἢ καὶ πεπράκασιν ἑτέροις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτά εἰσιν εἰσηγμένοι τῶν τοιούτων, ἀπολύειν παρὰ χρῆμα τοὺς ἔχοντας, κομιζομένους αὐτίκα ἑκάστου σώματος δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας τῇ τῶν ὀψωνίων δόσει, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς τραπέζης.
"By the King's Decree. All persons who served in the campaign of our father against the regions of Syria and Phoenicia and in the invasion of the territory of the Jews, and became possessors of Jewish slaves, and have brought these over into the city of Alexandria and the country of Egypt, or have sold them to others—likewise also if any such were beforetime in the country or have since been introduced—the owners shall straightway release them. Compensation shall forthwith be paid for every slave twenty drachmas, to the soldiers with their pay, and to the rest at the royal bank.

§23 ← §22 §24 →

νομίζομεν γὰρ καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν βούλησιν καὶ παρὰ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον ᾐχμαλωτεῦσθαι τούτους, διὰ δὲ τὴν στρατιωτικὴν προπέτειαν τήν τε χώραν αὐτῶν κατεφθάρθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων μεταγωγὴν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονέναι· ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἦν ἡ παρὰ τὸ πεδίον γεγονυῖα ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὠφέλεια· διὸ παντελῶς ἀνεπιεικὴς ἐστι καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καταδυναστεία.
We consider that the making of these persons prisoners was contrary to the will of our father and to justice, and that the spoliation of their country and the transportation of the Jews into Egypt were due to military recklessness. The spoil which accrued to the soldiers on the field of battle should have sufficed; to reduce the people to subjection in addition was wholly inequitable.

§24 ← §23 §25 →

πᾶσιν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ δίκαιον ἀπονέμειν ὁμολογούμενοι, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἀλόγως καταδυναστευομένοις, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἐκζητοῦντες τὸ καλῶς ἔχον πρός τε τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν κατὰ πάντων εὐσέβειαν, προστετάχαμεν ὅσα τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν ἐστι σωμάτων ἐν οἰκετίαις {πανταχῆ} καθ᾽ ὁντινοῦν τρόπον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, κομιζομένους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ προκείμενον κεφάλαιον ἀπολύειν, καὶ μηδένα κακοσχόλως περὶ τούτων μηδὲν οἰκονομεῖν· τὰς δ᾽ ἀπογραφὰς ἐν ἡμέραις τρισίν, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας ἐκκεῖται τὸ πρόσταγμα, ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς καθεσταμένους περὶ τούτων, καταδεικνύντας εὐθὺ καὶ τὰ σώματα.
Forasmuch then as it is our recognized practice to award justice to all men, but chiefly to those who are unreasonably oppressed, and we do always strive to deal fairly with all men in accordance with the dictates of justice and piety, we have decreed that the owners of all Jewish persons who are held in bondage anywhere in any manner within the kingdom, shall on receipt of the prescribed sum release them. No one shall in any way be dilatory in the discharge of these duties, but within three days from the date of publication of this decree they shall hand in their lists to those who are set over this business, and shall also at once produce the persons.

§25 ← §24 §26 →

διειλήφαμεν γὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν συμφέρειν καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι τοῦτ᾽ ἐπιτελεσθῆναι. τὸν δὲ βουλόμενον προσαγγέλλειν περὶ τῶν ἀπειθησάντων, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τοῦ φανέντος ἐνόχου τὴν κυρίαν ἕξειν· τὰ δὲ ὑπάρχοντα τῶν τοιούτων εἰς τὸ βασιλικὸν ἀναληφθήσεται.
For we are resolved that it is expedient for ourselves and for the realm that this matter be accomplished. Any who will may give information concerning defaulters, on condition that the informer shall become owner of the person if found guilty, but the property of such persons shall be confiscated to the royal purse."

§26 ← §25 §27 →

εἰσδοθέντος τοῦ προστάγματος, ὅπως ἐπαναγνωσθῇ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τὰ ἄλλα πάντ᾽ ἔχοντος πλὴν τοῦ Καὶ εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσηγμένοι εἰσι τῶν τοιούτων, αὐτὸς τοῦτο ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέθηκε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἐκέλευσέ τε τῶν διαφόρων δόσιν ἀθρόαν οὖσαν ἀπομερίσαι τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τῶν ταγμάτων καὶ βασιλικοῖς τραπεζίταις.
When the decree was submitted to be read over to the king, containing all the rest with the exception of the words, "Also if any such were beforetime in the country or have since been introduced," the king himself out of his munificence and magnanimity appended this clause. He also gave orders to assign a grant of the moneys in a lump sum to the paymasters of the forces and the royal bankers.

§27 ← §26 §28 →

οὕτω δοχθὲν ἐκεκύρωτο ἐν ἡμέραις ἑπτά· πλεῖον δὲ ταλάντων ἑξακοσίων ἑξήκοντα ἡ δόσίς ἐγεγόνει. πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἐπιμαστιδίων τέκνων σὺν ταῖς μητράσιν ἐλευθεροῦντο. προσανενεχθέντος εἰ καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰκοσαδραχμία δοθήσεται, καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιεῖν, ὁλοσχερῶς περὶ τοῦ δόξαντος ἅπαντ᾽ ἐπιτελῶν.
The matter was thus decided and the decree was ratified within seven days. The donation amounted to over six hundred and sixty talents; for many children at the breast were also liberated along with the mothers. When the further question was referred, whether twenty drachmas should be given for these as well, the king ordered that this also should be done. So thoroughly in every detail did he give effect to the decision.

§28 ← §27 §29 →

Ὡς δὲ κατεπράχθη ταῦτα, τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσδοῦναι περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς. πάντα γὰρ διὰ προσταγμάτων καὶ μεγάλης ἀσφαλείας τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τούτοις διῳκεῖτο, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπερριμμένως οὐδ᾽ εἰκῇ. διόπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς εἰσδόσεως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα κατακεχώρικα, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου κατασκευήν, διὰ τὸ μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ τέχνῃ διαφέρειν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεώς ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τόδε·
And when this business was ended, he ordered Demetrius to submit a statement concerning the transcription of the Jewish books. For all business used to be transacted by these kings by means of decrees and with great precaution, and nothing was done in an offhand or casual manner. And therefore have I set down here copies of the memorial and the letters, and the number of the presents sent, and the nature of each, for every one of these excelled in magnificence and technical skill. And the following is a copy of the memorial:

§29 ← §28 §30 →

Βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ Δημητρίου. προστάξαντός σου, βασιλεῦ, περὶ τῶν ἀπολιπόντων εἰς τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης βιβλίων, ὅπως ἐπισυναχθῇ, καὶ τὰ διαπεπτωκότα τύχῃ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπισκευῆς, πεποιημένος οὐ παρέργως τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμέλειαν, προσαναφέρω σοι τάδε.
"To the great king from Demetrius—In obedience to thy order, O king, that the books which are wanting to complete the library should be added to the collection, and that those which are defective should be duly repaired, I have expended great care upon these matters and now submit a reference to thee.

§30 ← §29 §31 →

τοῦ νόμου τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία σὺν ἑτέροις ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἀπολείπει· τυγχάνει γὰρ Ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι καὶ φωνῇ λεγόμενα, ἀμελέστερον δέ, καὶ οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει, σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσαναφέρεται· προνοίας γὰρ βασιλικῆς οὐ τέτευχε.
The books of the Jewish law with some few others are wanting. They are written in Hebrew letters and in the Hebrew tongue, and have been interpreted somewhat carelessly and do not represent the original text, according to information supplied by the experts, because they have never received a king's fostering care.

§31 ← §30 §32 →

δέον δέ ἐστι καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑπάρχειν παρά σοι διηκριβωμένα, διὰ τὸ καὶ φιλοσοφωτέραν εἶναι καὶ ἀκέραιον τὴν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ὡς ἂν οὖσαν θείαν. διὸ πόρρω γεγόνασιν οἵ τε συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιμνήσεως τῶν προειρημένων βιβλίων, καὶ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὰ πεπολιτευμένων [καὶ πολιτευομένων] ἀνδρῶν, διὰ τὸ ἁγνήν τινα καὶ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρίαν, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης.
It is necessary that these books too should in an emended form find a place in thy library, because this code of laws, in that it is divine, is full of wisdom and faultless. For this reason authors, poets, and the mass of the historians have abstained from any mention of the books aforesaid and of the men who have lived [and are living] in accordance with them, because the views presented in them have a certain sanctity and holiness, as says Hecataeus of Abdera."

§32 ← §31 §33 →

ἐὰν οὖν φαίνηται, βασιλεῦ, γραφήσεται πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἀποστεῖλαι τοὺς μάλιστα καλῶς βεβιωκότας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ὄντας ἄνδρας, ἐμπειρίους τῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον τὸν ἑαυτῶν, ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως τὸ σύμφωνον ἐκ τῶν πλειόνων ἐξετάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν ἀκριβές, ἀξίως καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς σῆς προαιρέσεως, θῶμεν εὐσήμως. εὐτύχει διὰ παντός.
"If then it be thy good pleasure, O king, a letter shall be written to the high priest at Jerusalem, bidding him send six elders from each tribe, men of the highest repute and versed in their country's law, in order that we may test wherein the more part agree, and so obtaining an accurate translation may deposit it in a conspicuous place in a manner worthy of the undertaking and of thy gracious will. Fare ever well!"

§33 ← §32 §34 →

Τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεως ταύτης γενομένης, ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον περὶ τούτων, σημάντας καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. ἔδωκε δὲ καὶ εἰς κατασκευὴν κρατήρων τε καὶ φιαλῶν καὶ τραπέζης καὶ σπονδείων χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα καὶ ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ λίθων ἱκανόν τι πλῆθος—ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς ῥισκοφύλακας τοῖς τεχνίταις, ὧν ἂν προαιρῶνται, τὴν ἐκλογὴν διδόναι—καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ ἄλλα πρὸς τάλαντα ἑκατόν.
When this memorial had been presented, the king ordered that a letter should be written to Eleazar on these matters, informing him also of the emancipation of the captives. He presented also towards the construction of bowls and vials and a table and cups for libations fifty talents' weight of gold and seventy talents of silver and of precious stones a great number (enjoining the treasurers to leave to the craftsmen the selection of such materials as they might desire), and for sacrifices and other purposes as much as an hundred talents in money.

§34 ← §33 §35 →

δηλώσομεν δέ σοι περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς, ὡς ἂν τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα διέλθωμεν. ἦν δὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον·
I will give thee an account of the construction of the gifts when I have set out copies of the letters. The tenour of the king's letter was as follows:

§35 ← §34 §36 →

Βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος Ἐλεαζάρῳ ἀρχιερεῖ χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι. ἐπεὶ συμβαίνει πλείονας τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν κατῳκίσθαι γενηθέντας ἀνασπάστους ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὑπὸ Περσῶν, καθ᾽ ὃν ἐπεκράτουν χρόνον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ συνεληλυθέναι τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον αἰχμαλώτους·
"King Ptolemaeus to Eleazar the high priest greeting and health. Forasmuch as there are many Jews settled in our realm who were forcibly removed from Jerusalem by the Persians at the time of their power, and others who entered Egypt as captives in the train of our father—

§36 ← §35 §37 →

ἀφ᾽ ὧν πλείονας εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν σύνταγμα κατεχώρισεν ἐπὶ μείζοσι μισθοφορίαις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προόντας κρίνας πιστοὺς φρούρια κτίσας ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔθνος φόβος [μὴ] ἔχῃ διὰ τούτων· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ παραλαβόντες τὴν βασιλείαν φιλανθρωπότερον ἀπαντῶμεν τοῖς πᾶσι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις—
of these he enrolled many in the army, giving them higher than the ordinary pay, and in like manner, having proved the loyalty of those who were already in the country, he placed under their charge the fortresses which he built, that the native Egyptians might be intimidated by them; and we too since ascending the throne meet all men, but chiefly thy countrymen, in a very friendly spirit—

§37 ← §36 §38 →

ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων ἠλευθερώκαμεν, ἀποδόντες τοῖς κρατοῦσι τὴν κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἀργυρικὴν τιμήν, διορθούμενοι καὶ εἴ τι κακῶς ἐπράχθη διὰ τὰς τῶν ὄχλων ὁρμάς, διειληφότες εὐσεβῶς τοῦτο πρᾶξαι, καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ χαριστικὸν ἀνατιθέντες, ὃς ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ δόξῃ κρατίστῃ παρ᾽ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διατετήρηκεν· εἴς τε τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς ἀκμαιοτάτους ταῖς ἡλικίαις τετάχαμεν, τοὺς δὲ δυναμένους καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς εἶναι, τῆς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν πίστεως ἀξίους, ἐπὶ χρειῶν καθεστάκαμεν.
we, then, have given liberty to more than a hundred thousand captives, paying their owners the proper market price, and making good any wrong which they may have suffered through the passions of the mob. Our intent in this was to do a pious action and to dedicate a thank-offering to the Most High God, who has preserved our kingdom in peace and in the highest esteem throughout the whole world. Moreover, we have drafted into the army those who are in the prime of life, and to such as are fitted to be attached to our person and deserving of the confidence of court have we assigned offices of state.

§38 ← §37 §39 →

βουλομένων δ᾽ ἡμῶν καὶ τούτοις χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα, προῃρήμεθα τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν μεθερμηνευθῆναι γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς ἐκ τῶν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν λεγομένων Ἑβραϊκῶν γραμμάτων, ἵν᾽ ὑπάρχῃ καὶ ταῦτα παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἐν βιβλιοθήκῃ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλικοῖς βιβλίοις.
Now since we desire to confer a favour not on these only, but on all Jews throughout the world and on future generations, it is our will that your Law be translated from the Hebrew tongue in use among you into Greek, that so these writings also may find a place in our library with the other royal volumes.

§39 ← §38 §40 →

καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀξίως ἐπιλεξάμενος ἄνδρας καλῶς βεβιωκότας πρεσβυτέρους, ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντας τοῦ νόμου, καὶ δυνατοὺς ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν πλειόνων τὸ σύμφωνον εὑρεθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ μειζόνων εἶναι τὴν σκέψιν. οἰόμεθα γὰρ ἐπιτελεσθέντος τούτου μεγάλην ἀποίσεσθαι δόξαν.
Thou wilt therefore do well and wilt repay our zeal, if thou lookest out six elders from each tribe, men of high repute, well versed in the Law and able to translate, that we may discover wherein the more part agree; for the investigation concerns matters of more than ordinary import. We think to gain great renown by the fulfilment of this task.

§40 ← §39 §41 →

ἀπεστάλκαμεν δὲ περὶ τούτων Ἀνδρέαν τῶν ἀρχισωματοφυλάκων καὶ Ἀριστέαν, τιμωμένους παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, διαλεξομένους σοι καὶ κομίζοντας ἀπαρχὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθημάτων καὶ εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν. γράφων δὲ καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἐὰν βούλῃ κεχαρισμένος ἔσῃ, καὶ φιλίας ἄξιόν τι πράξεις, ὡς ἐπιτελεσθησομένων τὴν ταχίστην περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῇ. ἔρρωσο.
We have sent on this business Andreas, of the chief of the bodyguards, and Aristeas, who hold honoured places in our court, to confer with thee. They bring with them dedicatory offerings for the temple, and for sacrifices and other purposes an hundred talents of silver. And shouldest thou also write to us concerning my desires, thou wilt do a favour and a friendly service; and be assured that thy wishes will receive instant fulfilment. Farewell."

§41 ← §40 §42 →

Πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντέγραψεν ἐνδεχομένως ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος ταῦτα· Ἐλεάζαρος ἀρχιερεὺς βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαίῳ φίλῳ γνησίῳ χαίρειν. αὐτός τε ἔρρωσο καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἀρσινόη, ἡ ἀδελφή, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ ὡς βουλόμεθα, καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν.
To this letter Eleazar replied appropriately as follows: "Eleazar the High Priest to King Ptolemaeus, his sincere friend, greeting. Do thou fare well and the queen Arsinoe, thy sister, and the children, so will it be well and as we desire; we too are in good health.

§42 ← §41 §43 →

λαβόντες τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν μεγάλως ἐχάρημεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσίν σου καὶ τὴν καλὴν βουλήν, καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος παρανέγνωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα εἰδῶσιν ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν. ἐπεδείξαμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς φιάλας ἃς ἀπέστειλας, χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα, κρατῆρας πέντε, καὶ τράπεζαν εἰς ἀνάθεσιν, καὶ εἰς προσαγωγὴν θυσιῶν καὶ εἰς ἐπισκευὰς ὧν ἂν δέηται τὸ ἱερὸν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν,
On receiving thy letter we greatly rejoiced because of thy purpose and noble resolve, and we collected the whole people and read it to them, in order that they might know thy pious reverence for our God. We shewed them also the vials which thou sentest, twenty of gold and thirty of silver, the five bowls, and the table as dedicatory offerings, and the hundred talents of silver for the offering of sacrifices and for such repairs as the temple may require.

§43 ← §42 §44 →

ἅπερ ἐκόμισεν Ἀνδρέας τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ σοὶ καὶ Ἀριστέας, ἄνδρες καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἄξιοι κατὰ πάντα· οἳ καὶ μετέδωκαν ἡμῖν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ, πρὸς ἃ καὶ παῤ ἡμῶν ἀκηκόασιν ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς σοῖς γράμμασι.
These gifts were brought by Andreas, one of thy honoured courtiers, and Aristeas, good men and true and of excellent learning, who in all ways worthily reflect thy high principles and righteousness. They have also imparted to us thy message, and have heard from our lips a reply in accordance with thy letter.

§44 ← §43 §45 →

πάντα γὰρ ὅσα σοι συμφέρει, καὶ εἰ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστίν, ὑπακουσόμεθα· τοῦτο γὰρ φιλίας καὶ ἀγαπήσεως σημείόν ἐστι. μεγάλα γὰρ καὶ σὺ καὶ ἀνεπίληστα τοὺς πολίτας ἡμῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους εὐηργέτηκας.
For in all things which are to thy profit, even though thy request is contrary to our natural impulses, will we do thy bidding; this indeed is a mark of friendship and affection. For thou too hast in divers manners done great services to our countrymen which can never pass out of mind.

§45 ← §44 §46 →

εὐθέως οὖν προσηγάγομεν ὑπὲρ σοῦ θυσίας καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶν φίλων· καὶ ηὔξατο πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, ἵνα σοι γένηται καθὼς προαιρῇ διὰ παντός, καὶ διασώζῃ σοι τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ μετὰ δόξης ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός, καὶ ὅπως γένηταί σοι συμφερόντως καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου μεταγραφή.
We therefore straightway offered sacrifices on thy behalf and on behalf of thy sister and thy children and thy friends, and the whole people prayed that thy undertakings might ever prosper, and that Almighty God would preserve thy kingdom in peace with honour, and that the translation of the holy Law might be to thy profit and carefully executed.

§46 ← §45 §47 →

παρόντων δὲ πάντων ἐπελέξαμεν ἄνδρας καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, οὓς καὶ ἀπεστείλαμεν ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον. καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις, βασιλεῦ δίκαιε, προστᾶξας, ὡς ἂν ἡ μεταγραφὴ γένηται τῶν βιβλίων, ἵνα πάλιν ἀποκατασταθῶσιν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλῶς οἱ ἄνδρες. ἔρρωσο.
And in the presence of them all we selected six elders from each tribe, good men and true, whom we are also sending with a copy of the Law. Thou wilt then do well, righteous King, to give orders that, so soon as the translation of the books be accomplished, the men be restored to us again in safety. Farewell.

§47 ← §46 §48 →

Εἰσὶ δὲ πρώτης φυλῆς· Ἰώσηφος, Ἐζεκίας, Ζαχαρίας, Ἰωάννης, Ἐζεκίας, Ἐλισσαῖος. δευτέρας· Ἰούδας, Σίμων, Σομόηλος, Ἀδαῖος, Ματταθίας, Ἐσχλεμίας. τρίτης· Νεεμίας, Ἰώσηφος, Θεοδόσιος, Βασέας, Ὀρνίας, Δάκις.
And their names are, of the first tribe, Joseph, Ezekias, Zacharias, John, Ezekias, Elisha: of the second, Judas, Simon, Samuel, Adaius, Mattathias, Eschlemias: of the third, Nehemias, Joseph, Theodosius, Baseas, Ornias, Dakis.

§48 ← §47 §49 →

τετάρτης· Ἰωνάθας, Ἀβαῖος, Ἐλισσαῖος, Ἁνανίας, Χαβρίας, [Χελκίας?]. πέμπτης· Ἴσακος, Ἰάκωβος, Ἰησοῦς, Σαββαταῖος, Σίμων, Λευίς. ἕκτης· Ἰούδας, Ἰώσηφος, Σίμων, Ζαχαρίας, Σομόηλος, Σελεμίας.
Of the fourth, Jonathas, Abraius, Elisha, Ananias, Zacharias, Chelkias: of the fifth, Isaac, Jacob, Jesus, Sabbataius, Simon, Levi: of the sixth, Judas, Joseph, Simon, Zacharias, Samuel, Selemias.

§49 ← §48 §50 →

ἑβδόμης· Σαββαταῖος, Σεδεκίας, Ἰάκωβος, Ἴσαχος, Ἰησίας, Νατθαῖος. ὀγδόης· Θεοδόσιος, Ἰάσων, Ἰησοῦς, Θεόδοτος, Ἰωάννης, Ἰωνάθας. ἐνάτης· Θεόφιλος, Ἄβραμος, Ἄρσαμος, Ἰάσων, Ἐνδεμίας, Δανίηλος.
Of the seventh, Sabbataius, Zedekias, Jacob, Isaac, Iesias, Natthaius: of the eighth, Theodosius, Jason, Jesus, Theodotus, John, Jonathas: of the ninth, Theophilus, Abraham, Arsamus, Jason, Endemias, Daniel.

§50 ← §49 §51 →

δεκάτης· Ἰερεμίας, Ἐλεάζαρος, Ζαχαρίας, Βανέας, Ἐλισσαῖος, Δαθαῖος. ἑνδεκάτης· Σαμούηλος, Ἰώσηφος, Ἰούδας, Ἰωνάθης. Χαβεῦ, Δοσίθεος. δωδεκάτης· Ἰσάηλος, Ἰωάννης, Θεοδόσιος, Ἄρσαμος, Ἀβιήτης, Ἐζεκῆλος. οἱ πάντες ἑβδομήκοντα δύο.
Of the tenth, Jeremy, Eleazar, Zacharias, Baneas, Elisha, Dathaius: of the eleventh, Samuel, Joseph, Judas, Jonathes, Caleb, Dositheus: of the twelfth, Isaelus, John, Theodosius, Arsamus, Abietes, Ezekiel: in all seventy-two persons."

§51 ← §50 §52 →

καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν τοιαύτης ἐτύγχανεν ἀντιγραφῆς {ὑπὸ} τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον.Ὡς δὲ ἐπηγγειλάμην καὶ τὰ τῶν κατασκευασμάτων διασαφῆσαι, ποιήσω. πολυτεχνίᾳ γὰρ διαφέροντα συνετελέσθη, τοῦ βασιλέως πολλὴν ἐπίδοσιν ποιουμένου καὶ παρ᾽ ἕκαστον ἐπιθεωροῦντος τοὺς τεχνίτας. διὸ παριδεῖν οὐδὲν ἠδύναντο οὐδὲ εἰκῇ συντελέσαι. πρῶτον δέ σοι τὰ περὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἐξηγήσομαι.
Such, then, was the reply which Eleazar gave to the king's letter. I will now fulfil the promise which I made to describe the works of art. They were wrought with extraordinary skill, as the king, in addition to his large grants, also exercised a constant supervision over the craftsmen, so that they could not neglect or scamp any part of the work.

§52 ← §51 §53 →

προεθυμεῖτο μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑπέροπλόν τι ποιῆσαι τοῖς μέτροις τὸ κατασκεύασμα. προσέταξε δὲ πυθέσθαι τῶν ἀνὰ τὸν τόπον, πηλίκη τίς ἐστιν ἡ προοῦσα καὶ κειμένη κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις.
I will first give thee an account of the table. Now, the king's intention was to make this piece of work of gigantic dimensions. However, he caused inquiries to be made of persons in the locality as to the size of the previous table which stood in the temple at Jerusalem;

§53 ← §52 §54 →

ὡς δὲ ἀπεφήναντο τὰ μέτρα, προσεπηρώτησεν, εἰ κατασκευάσει μείζονα. τινὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔλεγον μηδὲν ἐπικωλύειν. ὁ δὲ εἶπε βούλεσθαι καὶ πενταπλῆν τοῖς μεγέθεσι ποιῆσαι, διστάζειν δὲ μήποτε ἄχρηστος γένηται πρὸς τὰς λειτουργίας.
and when they reported the dimensions, he inquired further whether he should make one on a larger scale. Some of the priests and of the people said that there was nothing to prevent him. But the king replied that, though his wish was to make his gift five times as large, yet he doubted whether such a table might not be useless for the public ministrations.

§54 ← §53 §55 →

οὐ γὰρ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ κεῖσθαι μόνον ἐν τῷ τόπῳ {τὰ} παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον χάριν ἕξειν, ἐὰν τὰς καθηκούσας λειτουργίας ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ κατεσκευασμένων οἷς καθῆκε ποιῶνται δεόντως.
It was not his desire that his offerings should merely be placed in the temple; it would afford him far greater satisfaction, if the appropriate services were duly performed by the proper ministers on the structures which he had designed.

§55 ← §54 §56 →

οὐ γὰρ ἕνεκεν σπάνεως χρυσοῦ τὰ προσυντετελεσμένα βραχύμετρα καθέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ φαίνεται πρός τινα λόγον, εἶπεν, οὕτως συνεστηκέναι τοῖς μέτροις. ἔτι γὰρ ἐπιταγῆς οὔσης οὐθὲν ἂν ἐσάνιζε· διόπερ οὐ παραβατέον οὐδὲ ὑπερθετέον τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα.
He added that the small scale on which the former works were constructed was not due to any lack of gold, but was apparently so planned for some definite reason. For had any injunction been given for a larger table, there would have been no lack of means; it was not therefore right to surpass or exceed the fit measurements.

§56 ← §55 §57 →

τῇ μὲν οὖν ποικιλίᾳ τῶν τεχνῶν ἐκέλευσεν ὅτι μάλιστα χρήσασθαι, σεμνῶς ἅπαντα διανούμενος καὶ φύσιν ἔχων ἀγαθὴν εἰς τὸ συνιδεῖν πραγμάτων ἔμφασιν. ὅσα δ᾽ ἂν ᾖ ἄγραφα, πρὸς καλλονὴν ἐκέλευσε ποεῖν· ὅσα δὲ διὰ γραπτῶν, μέτρα αὐτοῖς κατακολουθῆσαι.
At the same time he ordered that the utmost diversity of artistic skill should be employed, for all his conceptions were on a grand scale, and he had a natural gift of imagt"nation enabling him to picture the appearance which objects would present. He gave orders too that details as to which there were no instructions in the Jewish Scripture should be beautified; wherever written directions were given, the craftsmen were to be guided by these in the measurements.

§57 ← §56 §58 →

Δύο γὰρ πήχεων τὸ μῆκος, τὸ δὲ ὕψος πήχεος καὶ ἡμίσους συνετέλουν, χρυσίου δοκίμου στερεὰν πάντοθεν τὴν ποίησιν ἐργασάμενοι, λέγω δὲ οὐ περί τι περιεπτυγμένου τοῦ χρυσοῦ, τὸν δὲ ἐλασμὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιδεδέσθαι.
So they fashioned the table "two cubits in length" and "a cubit and a half in height," making the work "of pure gold" and perfectly solid; I mean, the gold was not overlaid upon other material, but the whole was one massive plate of beaten metal.'

§58 ← §57 §59 →

στεφάνην δὲ ἐποίησαν παλαιστιαίαν κυκλόθεν· τὰ δὲ κυμάτια στρεπτά, τὴν ἀναγλυφὴν ἔχοντα σχοινίδων ἔκτυπον, τῇ πορείᾳ θαυμαστῶς ἔχουσαν ἐκ τῶν τριῶν μερῶν· ἦν γὰρ τριγωνία.
And they made "a border of an hand-breadth round about," with "rails that revolved" and bore a design of ropes in relief marvellously wrought on the three sides.

§59 ← §58 §60 →

καὶ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μέρος ἡ διατύπωσις τῆς ἐνεργείας τὴν αὐτὴν διάθεσιν εἶχεν, ὥστε, καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν μέρος στρέφοιτο, τὴν πρόσοψιν εἶναι τὴν αὐτήν, κειμένου δὲ κατὰ τῆς στεφάνης τὸ μὲν εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν τράπεζαν ἀπόκλιμα τὴν διατύπωσιν ἔχειν τῆς ὡραιότητος, τὸ δὲ ἐκτὸς κλίμα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ προσάγοντος εἶναι θεωρίαν.
For the rails were triangular in shape, and the work on each side was fashioned upon the same pattern, so that, whichever way they were turned, the appearance was the same; and as the rail rested on the border that side of it which sloped towards the table was beautifully worked, although the side which sloped outwards alone met the eye of the spectator.

§60 ← §59 §61 →

διὸ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ὀξεῖαν εἶναι τῶν δύο κλιμάτων συνέβαινε, μετέωρον ἐπικειμένην, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τριγώνου κατεσκευασμένου, καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν μέρος στρέφοιτο. λίθων τε πολυτελῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διαθέσεις ὑπῆρχον ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν σχοινίδων· ἕτερος παρὰ ἕτερον πλοκὴν εἶχον ἀμίμητον τῇ ποιήσει.
And so the edge in which the two sloping sides met was a sharp one and, whichever way the rail was turned, held the uppermost place, since, as we have said already, the shape was a triangular one. And precious stones were inlaid in the rail between the rope-work; set one kind beside another they were interwoven in an inimitable manner.

§61 ← §60 §62 →

πάντες δ᾽ ἦσαν διὰ τρημάτων κατειλημμένοι χρυσαῖς περόναις πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν γωνιῶν αἱ κατακλεῖδες συνέσφιγγον πρὸς τὴν συνοχήν.
And they were all perforated and securely fastened by golden pins. And at the angles the clamps held them firmly in their places.

§62 ← §61 §63 →

ἐκ πλαγίων δὲ κατὰ τὴν στεφάνην κυκλόθεν τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πρόσοψιν ῴοθεσία κατεσκεύαστο διάλιθος, ἐκτύπωσιν ἔχουσα προσοχῆς συνεχέσιν ἀναγλυφαῖς ῥαβδωταῖς, πυκνὴν ἐχούσαις τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα θέσιν περὶ ὅλην τὴν τράπεζαν.
Over against the border and slanting upwards to meet the eyes there was an egg-pattern encircling the table, wrought of precious stones and elaborately worked with a series of flutings and relief work, packed closely together round the whole table.

§63 ← §62 §64 →

ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν ἐκτύπωσιν τῶν λίθων τῆς ῴοθεσίας, στέφανον ἐποίησαν οἱ τεχνῖται πάγκαρπον, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ προδήλως ἔχοντα βοτρύων καὶ σταχύων, ἔτι δὲ φοινίκων καὶ μήλων ἐλαίας τε καὶ ῥοῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων. τοὺς δὲ λίθους ἐργασάμενοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν προειρημένων καρπῶν διατύπωσιν, ἔχοντας ἑκάστου γένους τὴν χρόαν, ἀνέδησαν τῷ χρυσίῳ κύκλῳ περὶ ὅλην τὴν τῆς τραπέζης κατασκευὴν κατὰ κρόταφον.
And beneath the raised work of the stones which formed the egg-pattern the craftsmen made a crown of fruits of all kinds; projecting from it were shewn vine clusters and corn-ears, dates also and apples and olives and pomegranates and the like. They worked the stones, which had the colour of each species of the aforesaid fruits, to resemble those fruits and attached them to the gold all round the sides of the table.

§64 ← §63 §65 →

μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ στεφάνου διάθεσιν, ὁμοίως κατὰ τὴν τῆς ῴοθεσίας διασκευὴν κατεσκεύαστο, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς ῥαβδώσεως καὶ διαγλυφῆς, {διὰ} τὸ κατ᾽ ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη τὴν τράπεζαν πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν πεποιῆσθαι, καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν μέρος αἴρωνται, ὥστε καὶ τὴν τῶν κυμάτων θέσιν καὶ τὴν τῆς στεφάνης εἶναι κατὰ τὸ τῶν ποδῶν μέρος.
And next to the crown the egg-pattern was worked over again, and the rest of the fluted and relief work, because the table was made to be used on either side according to choice, and with such symmetry that the rails and the border reappeared on the side nearest the feet.

§65 ← §64 §66 →

ἔλασμα γὰρ ἐποίησαν καθ᾽ ὅλου τοῦ πλάτους τῆς τραπέζης στερεὸν δακτύλων τεσσάρων, ὥστε τοὺς πόδας ἐνίεσθαι εἰς τοῦτο, περόνας {σὺν} κατακλεῖσιν ἔχοντας ἐσφίγχθαι κατὰ τὴν στεφάνην, ἵνα, καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν αἴρωνται μέρος, ἡ χρῆσις ᾖ· τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ ἐπιφάνειαν θεωρεῖται ἀμφοτεροδεξίου τῆς κατασκευῆς οὔσης.
For they made a plate of solid metal, four fingers broad, extending along the whole breadth of the table, into which the legs could be inserted, these being provided with pins and clamps to secure them to the border, in order that either side of the table might be used according to choice. Thus the same appearance was presented whichever side of the work was placed uppermost.

§66 ← §65 §67 →

ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς τραπέζης μαίανδρον ἔκτυπον ἐποίησαν, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ λίθους ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον πολυτελεῖς τῶν {πολυειδῶν}, ἀνθράκων τε καὶ σμαράγδων, ἔτι δὲ ὄνυχος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γενῶν τῶν διαφερόντων ἐν ὡραιότητι.
On the top of the table they worked a "meander" in relief, with costly precious stones of divers kinds standing out in the middle of it, carbuncles and emeralds and onyx and stones of other sorts which are noted for their beauty.

§67 ← §66 §68 →

μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ μαιάνδρου διάθεσιν ἐπέκειτο σχιστὴ πλοκή, θαυμασίως ἔχουσα, ῥομβωτὴν ἀποτελοῦσα τὴν ἀνὰ μέσον θεωρίαν· ἐφ᾽ ᾗ κρυστάλλου λίθος καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἤλεκτρον ἐντετύπωτο, ἀμίμητον θεωρίαν ἀποτελοῦν τοῖς θεωροῦσι.
And next to the meander there was a wonderful design of open net-work, giving a lozengeshaped pattern to the centre of the table; and into this were inlaid crystal and the so-called electron, affording an inimitable spectacle to the beholders.

§68 ← §67 §69 →

τοὺς δὲ πόδας ἐποίησαν τὰς κεφαλίδας ἔχοντας κρινωτάς, ἀνάκλασιν κρίνων ὑπὸ τὴν τράπεζαν λαμβανόντων, τὰ δὲ τῆς ἐντὸς προσόψεως ὀρθὴν ἔχοντα τὴν πετάλωσιν.
And the legs they made with lily-shaped capitals, the lilies bending over beneath the table, while the parts which met the eye were the upright leaves.

§69 ← §68 §70 →

ἡ δὲ ἐπ᾽ ἐδάφους ἔρεισις τοῦ ποδὸς ἄνθρωπος λίθου πάντοθεν παλιστιαία, κρηπῖδος ἔχουσα τάξιν κατὰ τὴν πρόσοψιν, ὀκτὼ δὲ δακτύλων τὸ πλάτος ἔχουσα· ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἐπίκειται τὸ πᾶν ἔλασμα τοῦ ποδός.
The basis of the leg which rested on the ground consisted entirely of carbuncle, a hand-breadth high and of eight fingers' breadth, and in appearance had the shape of a shoe; upon this rested the whole weight of the leg.

§70 ← §69 §71 →

κατεσκεύασαν δὲ ἐκφύοντα κισσὸν ἀκάνθῳ πλεκόμενον ἐκ τοῦ λίθου, σὺν ἀμπέλῳ περιειλούμενον κυκλόθεν τῷ ποδὶ σὺν τοῖς βότρυσιν, οἳ λιθουργεῖς ἦσαν, μέχρι τῆς κεφαλῆς. ἡ δ᾽ αὐτὴ διάθεσις ἦν τῶν τεσσάρων ποδῶν, πάντα ἐνεργῶς πεποιημένα καὶ προσηγμένα, τῆς ἐμπειρίας καὶ τέχνης τὰς ὑπεροχὰς ἀπαραλλάκτως ἔχοντα πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὥστε καὶ ῥιπίζοντος τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα πνεύματος κίνησιν ἐπιδέχεσθαι τὴν τῶν φύλλων θέσιν, πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας διάθεσιν τετυπωμένων ἁπάντων.
And they represented ivy, intertwined with acanthus, growing out of the stone and encircling the leg, together with a vine and its clusters (these being worked in stone), right up to the top. The pattern of the four legs was the same; all the parts were carefully made and attached and with such consummate skill and craftsmanship as exactly to resemble nature, insomuch that if a breath of air blew upon them the leaves stirred in their places; so closely was every detail modelled upon the reality.

§71 ← §70 §72 →

ἐποίησαν δὲ τριμερὲς τὸ στόμα τῆς τραπέζης, οἱονεὶ τρίπτυχον, πελεκίνοις συναρμοζόμενα γομφωτοῖς πρὸς ἑαυτὰ κατὰ τὸ πάχος τῆς κατασκευῆς, ἀθέατον καὶ ἀνεύρετον τὴν τῶν ἁρμῶν κατασκευάσαντες συμβολήν. ἡμιπηχίου δὲ οὐκ ἐλάσσονος ἦν τὸ πάχος τῆς ὅλης τραπέζης, ὥστε πολλῶν εἶναι ταλάντων τὴν ὅλην διασκευήν.
The front of the table they made in three pieces, as it were a triptych, the pieces being fitted together by dovetailing which was secured by pegs in the thickness of the structure, while the joinings were rendered invisible and undiscoverable. The thickness of the whole table was no less than half a cubit, so that the cost of the whole work amounted to many talents.

§72 ← §71 §73 →

ἐπεὶ γὰρ οὐ προᾐρητο τοῖς μεγέθεσιν οὐδὲν προσθεῖναι ὁ βασιλεύς, ὅσον ἔδει δαπανηθῆναι κατασκευαζομένων μειζόνων, ταῦτα ἀποδέδωκε πλείονα· καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐπετελέσθη θαυμασίως καὶ ἀξιολόγως ἔχοντα, καὶ ταῖς τέχναις ἀμίμητα, καὶ τῇ καλλονῇ διαπρεπῆ.
For, as the king had determined not to add to its size, he expended all the more upon these details, even as much as would have been required for a table on a larger scale; and in accordance with his purpose the whole was completed in a marvellous and memorable style, with inimitable art and transcendent beauty.

§73 ← §72 §74 →

τῶν δὲ κρατήρων δύο μὲν ἦσαν {χρυσοῖ} τῇ κατασκευῇ, φολιδωτὴν ἔχοντες ἀπὸ τῆς βάσεως μέχρι τοῦ μέσου τὴν διασκευὴν τῇ πορείᾳ, καὶ τὴν τῶν λίθων ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν φολίδων σύνδεσιν πολυτέχνως ἔχοντες.
Of the mixing-bowls two were wrought in gold, and from their bases to half-way up their sides bore a device of scales in relief, with precious stones cunningly set between the scales.

§74 ← §73 §75 →

εἶτα μαίανδρος ἐπέκειτο πηχυαῖος ὕψει, τὴν δ᾽ ἐκτύπωσιν ἐνυπῆρχε διὰ λιθώσεως ποικίλης, ἐμφαίνων σὺν ὡραιότητι τὸ τῆς τέχνης φιλόπονον. ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦτο ῥάβδωσις, ἐφ᾽ ᾗ διαπλοκὴ ῥόμβων, δικτυωτὴν ἔχουσα τὴν πρόσοψιν ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα.
Then above this was a meander, a cubit in height, with its surface wrought out of precious stones of divers hues, and displaying not only beauty but the most elaborate skill. Over this was a mosaic of interlacing lozenge-shaped figures extending to the brim and producing the appearance of net-work.

§75 ← §74 §76 →

τὸ δ᾽ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀσπιδίσκοι λίθων ἑτέρων παρ᾽ ἑτέροις, τοῖς γένεσι παραλλαγὴν ἐχόντων, τετραδακτύλων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀνεπλήρουν τὸ τῆς καλλονῆς ἐναργές. ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς στεφάνης τοῦ σώματος κρίνων τύπωσις σὺν ἀνθεμίσι καὶ βοτρύων σχοινιαὶ διάπλοκοι διετυποῦντο κυκλόθεν.
In the middle were bosses of precious stones of various kinds, arranged alternately, and not less than four fingers broad, which enhanced the beauty of the spectacle. Round the crown of the brim were worked lilies with their blossoms and intertwining vine-clusters.

§76 ← §75 §77 →

οἱ μὲν οὖν διὰ τοῦ χρυσοῦ τοιαύτην εἶχον τὴν κατασκευήν, χωροῦντες ὑπὲρ δύο μετρητάς· οἱ δ᾽ ἀργυροῖ λείαν εἶχον τὴν διασκευήν, ἔνοπτρον δὴ γεγονυῖαν πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο θαυμασίως ἔχουσαν, ὥστε πᾶν τὸ προσαχθὲν ἀπαυγάζεσθαι σαφέστερον μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς κατόπροις.
Such was the fashion of the golden bowls, and they contained over two firkins each. The silver bowls had a smooth surface, and formed a veritable mirror, the marvel of them consisting in this very smoothness, which was such that anything brought close to them was reflected more clearly than in mirrors.

§77 ← §76 §78 →

οὐκ ἐφικτὸν δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐξηγήσασθαι τὰ προσυντελεσθέντα πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔμφασιν. ὡς γὰρ ἐπετελέσθη, τεθέντων τῶν κατασκευασμάτων ἑτέρου παρ᾽ ἕτερον- λέγω δὲ πρῶτον ἀργυροῦ κρατῆρος, εἶτα χρυσοῦ, πάλιν ἀργυροῦ καὶ χρυσοῦ- παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητος ἐγένετο τῆς προσόψεως ἡ διάθεσις, καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν προσιόντων οὐ δυναμένων ἀφίστασθαι διὰ τὴν περιαύγειαν καὶ τὸ τῆς ὄψεως τερπνόν.
But it is impossible to describe the real impression produced by the completed works of art For when the vessels were finished and were set side by side-that is to say, first a silver bowl, then a golden, then another silver and another golden onethe nature of the sight was quite indescribable, and those who came to view it could not tear themselves from it, so dazzling was the brilliance and so entrancing the vision.

§78 ← §77 §79 →

ποικίλη γὰρ ἦν ἡ τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἐνέργεια. προσορώντων γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ χρυσίου κατασκευήν, ψυχαγωγία τις ἦν μετὰ θαυμασμοῦ, συνεχῶς ἐφ᾽ ἕκαστον ἐπιβαλλούσης τῆς διανοίας τεχνίτευμα. καὶ πάλιν ὅτε πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀργυρῶν προσβλέψαι τις θέσιν ἤθελεν, ἀπέλαμπε τὰ πάντα κυκλόθεν, ὡς ἄν τις ἕστηκε, καὶ διάχυσιν ἐποίει μείζονα τοῖς θεωμένοις· ὥστε παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητον εἶναι τῶν ἐνηργημένων τὴν πολυτεχνίαν.
There was variety in the effect of the spectacle. If one looked at the gold work, it was one of enchantment and astonishment, as the mind took in one by one each detail of the execution. And again, when one wished to turn one's eyes to the silver vessels set out before him, all the surrounding objects were reflected, wherever one stood, causing a still greater ecstasy to the beholders. So the artistic skill displayed in the works is quite beyond description.

§79 ← §78 §80 →

τὰς δὲ χρυσᾶς φιάλας διετόρευσαν στεφάνοις ἀμπέλου κατὰ μέσον, περὶ δὲ τὰ χείλη κισσοῦ τε καὶ μυρσίνης ἔτι δ᾽ ἐλαίας ἀνέπλεξαν στέφανον ἔκτυπον, πολυτελεῖς ἐνέντες λίθους· καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς δὲ πορείας διηλλαγμένως ἐπετέλεσαν, ἅπαντα φιλοτιμηθέντες εἰς ὑπεροχὴν δόξης τοῦ βασιλέως ποιῆσαι.
On the golden vials they engraved vine-wreaths in the centre, and about the rims they entwined in relief work a wreath of ivy and myrtle and olive, in which they set precious stones. And the rest of the relief work they wrought in various patterns, holding it a point of honour to make everything in a manner worthy of the king's majesty.

§80 ← §79 §81 →

καθόλου γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἐν τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ὑπῆρχε ῥισκοφυλακίοις τοιαύτη κατασκευὴ τῇ πολυτελείᾳ καὶ τεχνουργίᾳ, οὔτ᾽ ἔν τινι ἄλλῳ. πρόνοιαν γὰρ οὐ μικρὰν ἐποιεῖτο ὁ βασιλεύς, φιλοδοξῶν εἰς τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα.
In a word, neither in the king's treasury nor in any other was there the like of these works for costliness and artistic skill. No little thought was spent upon them by the king, who loved to gain a reputation for the excellence of his designs.

§81 ← §80 §82 →

πολλάκις γὰρ τὸν δημόσιον χρηματισμὸν παρίει, τοῖς δὲ τεχνίταις παρήδρευεν ἐπιμελῶς, ἵνα καθηκόντως τῷ τόπῳ συντελέσωσιν, εἰς ὃν ἀπεστέλλετο τὰ τῶν ἔργων. διὸ πάντα σεμνῶς ἐγεγόνει, καὶ καταξίως τοῦ τε ἀποστέλλοντος βασιλέως καὶ τοῦ προστατοῦντος ἀρχιερέως τοῦ τόπου.
For ofttimes he would neglect his public business and would carefully supervise the craftsmen, to see that they exewted the works in a manner befitting the place to which they were to be sent. And so they were all made in a magnificent style and were worthy of the king who was sending them and of the high priest who was the governor of the place.

§82 ← §81 §83 →

καὶ γὰρ τὸ τῶν λίθων πλῆθος ἄφθονον, καὶ μεγάλοι τοῖς μεγέθεσιν, οὐκ ἔλαττον πεντακισχιλίων· καὶ ταῖς τέχναις κρατιστεύοντα πάντα, ὥστε πενταπλασίως τοῦ χρυσοῦ τιμιωτέραν εἶναι τὴν τῶν λίθων δόσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν τεχνῶν ἐνέργειαν.
So lavish was the supply of precious stones (not less than five thousand were used, and they were all of large size), and so first-rate was all the craftsmanship, that the expenditure upon the precious stones and the skilled work amounted to five times the value of the gold.

§83 ← §82 §84 →

Ὑπολαμβάνων οὖν καὶ τούτων τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι, δεδήλωκά σοι. τὰ δ᾽ ἑξῆς περιέχει τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὁδὸν ἡμῖν γενομένην· τὴν δὲ θέσιν τῆς ὅλης χώρας πρῶτον δηλώσω. Ὡς γὰρ παρεγενήθημεν ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους, ἐθεωροῦμεν τὴν πόλιν μέσην κειμένην τῆς ὅλης Ἰουδαίων ἐπ᾽ ὄρους ὑψηλὴν ἔχοντος τὴν ἀνάτασιν.
I have given thee this description of the presents because I considered it to be necessary. The next portion of my letter contains an account of our journey to Eleazar; but first I will describe the situation of the whole country. When we reached the district, we beheld the city set in the centre of the whole of Judaea upon a mountain which rose to a great height.

§84 ← §83 §85 →

ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κορυφῆς κατεσκεύαστο τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκπρεπῶς ἔχον· καὶ οἱ περίβολοι τρεῖς, ὑπὲρ ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ πήχεις τῷ μεγέθει, καὶ τὸ πλάτος ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸ μῆκος τῆς κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διασκευῆς ὑπῆρχε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ χορηγίᾳ κατὰ πάντα ὑπερβαλλούσῃ διῳκοδομημένων ἁπάντων.
Upon its crest stood the temple in splendour, with its three enclosing walls, more than seventy cubits high, and of a breadth and length matching the structure of the edifice. The whole was built with a magnificence and prodigality beyond all precedent.

§85 ← §84 §86 →

καὶ τοῦ θυρώματος δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ συνδέσμων κατὰ τὰς φλιὰς καὶ τῆς τῶν ὑπερθύρων ἀσφαλείας ἔκδηλος ἦν ἡ τῶν χρημάτων γεγονυῖα ἀφειδὴς δαπάνη.
It was obvious that no expense had been spared on the great doorway and the fastenings which held it to the door-posts and the stability of the lintel.

§86 ← §85 §87 →

τοῦ τε καταπετάσματος ἡ διατύπωσις θυρώσει κατὰ πᾶν ὁμοιοτάτη ὑπῆρχε· καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ὑποδρομὴν ἀδιάλειπτον κίνησιν λαμβονούσης τῆς διυφῆς, διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾽ ἐδάφους γινομένης τῆς ὑποδρομῆς {κατατείνειν} τὴν κόλπωσιν μέχρι τῆς ἄνω διατάσεως, ἡδεῖάν τινα καὶ δυσαπάλλακτον τὴν θεωρίαν ἔχοντος τοῦ πράγματος.
And the curtain was made very closely to resemble a door; the fabric was kept in perpetual motion by the draught of wind underneath which caused it to bulge out from bottom to top, and the effect was a beautiful spectacle, from which it was hard to tear oneself away.

§87 ← §86 §88 →

ἥ τε τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατασκευὴ {συμμέτρως ἔχουσαν} πρὸς τὸν τόπον καὶ τὰ θύματα διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλούμενα τὴν διοικοδομὴν εἶχε, τῆς δ᾽ ἀναβάσεως τῆς πρὸς αὐτό, πρὸς τὴν εὐκοσμίαν ἔχοντος τοῦ τόπου καθηκόντως τὸ κλίμα τῶν λειτουργούντων ἱερέων κεκαλυμμένων μέχρι τῶν σφυρῶν βυσσίνοις χιτῶσιν.
The altar was built of a size in keeping with the place and with the sacrifices which were consumed by fire, and the ascent to it was on a like scale. The place was approached by a gradual slope from a proper regard for decency, and the ministering priests were clad in" coats of fine linen "reaching 'to the ankles.

§88 ← §87 §89 →

ὁ δὲ οἶκος βλέπει πρὸς ἕω, τὰ δ᾽ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν· τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἔδαφος λιθόστρωτον καθέστηκε καὶ κλίματα πρὸς τοὺς καθήκοντας τόπους ἔχει τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιφορᾶς ἕνεκεν, ἣ γίνεται διὰ τὴν σμῆξιν τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν αἱμάτων. πολλαὶ γὰρ μυριάδες κτηνῶν προσάγονται κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἡμέρας.
The Temple looks towards the east, and its back is turned westwards. The whole floor is paved with stones and slopes down to the appropriate places, so as to admit of its being flushed with water to wash away the blood from the sacrifices; for many thousand beasts are offered on the feast days.

§89 ← §88 §90 →

ὕδατος δὲ ἀνέκλειπτός ἐστι σύστασις, ὡς ἂν καὶ πηγῆς ἔσωθεν πολυρρύτου φυσικῶς ἐπιρρεούσης, ἔτι δὲ θαυμασίων καὶ ἀδιηγήτων ὑποδοχείων ὑπαρχόντων ὑπὸ γῆν, καθὼς ἀπέφαινον πέντε σταδίων κυκλόθεν τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν καταβολῆς καὶ ἑκάστου τούτων σύριγγας ἀναρίθμους, καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μέρος ἑαυτὰ συναπτόντων τῶν ῥευμάτων·
The water-supply is inexhaustible. An abundant natural spring bubbles up within the temple area. There are, moreover, wonderful underground reservoirs passing description, at a distance, as they pointed out to me, of five furlongs all round the site of the temple, each with innumerable pipes, so that the various channels converge.

§90 ← §89 §91 →

καὶ πάντα ταῦτα μεμολιβῶσθαι κατ᾽ ἐδάφους καὶ τοῦ τοίχου· ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων κεχύσθαι πολύ τι πλῆθος κονιάσεως, ἐνεργῶς γεγενημένων ἁπάντων. εἶναι δὲ πυκνὰ τὰ στόματα πρὸς τὴν βάσιν, ἀοράτως ἔχοντα τοῖς πᾶσι πλὴν αὐτοῖς οἷς ἐστιν ἡ λειτουργία, ὡς ῥοπῇ καὶ νεύματι πάντα καθαρίζεσθαι τὰ συναγόμενα παμπληθῆ τῶν θυμάτων αἵματα.
It was explained, too, how all these cisterns had their bases and sides overlaid with lead, and over them is laid a great mass of plaster, so that everything is made secure; and how there are numerous outlets at the base of the altar, which are invisible to all except the actual ministrants, so that all the vast accumulation of sacrificial blood is swept away in the twinkling of an eye.

§91 ← §90 §92 →

πεπεισμένος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποδοχείων κατασκευὴν δηλώσω καθὼς ἐπιστώθην. προήγαγον γὰρ πλέον σταδίων τεσσάρων ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ πρός τινα τόπον ἐκέλευσαν κατακύψαντα συνακοῦσαι τοῦ γινομένου ψόφου τῆς ἀπαντήσεως τῶν ὑδάτων· ὥστε συμφανές μοι γεγονέναι τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀγγείων, καθὼς δεδήλωται.
Such is my belief as to the nature of the reservoirs, and I will explain how it was confirmed. They led me more than four furlongs out of the city, and at a certain place bade me stoop down and listen to the rushing noise of the meeting of the waters; thus was the magnitude of the receptacles made evident to me, as I have described them.

§92 ← §91 §93 →

τῶν δὲ ἱερέων ἡ λειτουργία κατὰ πᾶν ἀνυπέρβλητός ἐστι τῇ ῥώμῃ καὶ τῇ τῆς εὐκοσμίας καὶ σιγῆς διαθέσει. πάντες γὰρ αὐτοκελεύστως διαπονοῦσι πολλῆς γινομένης κακοπαθείας, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὸ διατεταγμένον μέλει. καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως ὑπηρετοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν τὴν ξυλείαν, οἱ δὲ ἔλαιον, οἱ δὲ σεμίδαλιν, οἱ δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων, ἕτεροι τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ὁλοκαυτοῦντες, ἰσχύι διαφερόντως συγχρώμενοι·
The priests' ministration in its exhibition of physical strength and in its orderly and silent performance could in no way be surpassed. For they all of their own free will undergo labours requiring much endurance, and each has his appointed task. Their service is without intermission, some providing the wood, others oil, others fine wheat flour, others the spices; while others again bring the pieces of flesh for the burnt-offering, displaying extraordinary strength.

§93 ← §92 §94 →

διαλαβόντες γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις τῶν μόσχων τὰ σκέλη, πλεῖον ὄντα ταλάντων δύο σχεδὸν ἑκάστου, ἀναρρίπτουσιν ἑκατέραις θαυμασίως ὕψος ἱκανὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνουσι τῆς ἐπιθέσεως. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν προβάτων ἔτι δ᾽ αἰγῶν τοῖς βάρεσι καὶ πιμελῇ θαυμασίως ἔχει. κατὰ πᾶν γὰρ ἐκλεγομένων οἷς ἐπιμελές ἐστιν ἀμώμητα καὶ τῇ παχύτητι διαφέροντα, τὸ προειρημένον ἐπιτελεῖται.
For they grip with both hands the legs of the calves, most of which weigh over two talents, and then with both hands and with wonderful dexterity fling the beast to a considerable height, and never fail to plant it on the altar. The portions of the sheep and goats are, likewise, remarkable for their weight and fat. For those whose duty it is always select such beasts as are without blemish and of exceeding fatness, and then the service already described is performed.

§94 ← §93 §95 →

πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν τόπος αὐτοῖς ἐστὶν ἀποτεταγμένος, οὗ καθίζουσιν οἱ διαναπαυόμενοι. τούτου δὲ γινομένου, τῶν διαλελοιπότων ἐγείρονται πρόθυμοι, οὐδενὸς ἐπιτάσσοντος τὰ τῆς λειτουργίας.
There is a place set apart for them to rest, where those who are relieved from duty take their seats. And thereupon, some of those who have had an interval of relaxation rise up willingly, without any order for their ministration being given.

§95 ← §94 §96 →

ἥ τε πᾶσα σιγὴ καθέστηκεν, ὥστε ὑπολαμβάνειν, μηθ᾽ ἕνα ἄνθρωποι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ παρεῖναι, πρὸς τοὺς ἑπτακοσίους παρόντων τῶν λειτουργῶν- καὶ τῶν προσαγόντων δὲ τὰ θύματα πολύ τι πλῆθος- ἀλλὰ φόβῳ καὶ καὶ καταξίως μεγάλης θειότητος ἅπαντ᾽ ἐπιτελεῖται.
The deepest silence prevails, so that one would suppose that there was not a single person in the place, although the ministers in attendance number some seven hundred, not to mention the large multitude of those who bring their sacrifices to be offered;

§96 ← §95 §97 →

μεγάλην δὲ ἔκπληξιν ἡμῖν παρέσχεν, ὡς ἐθεασάμεθα τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ἐν τῇ λειτουργίᾳ, τά τε τοῦ στολισμοῦ καὶ τῆς δόξης, ἣ συνίσταται διὰ τὴν ἔνδυσιν οὗ φορεῖ χιτῶνος καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν λίθων· χρυσοῖ γὰρ κώδωνες περὶ τὸν ποδήρη εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ, μέλους ἦχον ἀνιέντες ἰδιάζοντα· παρ᾽ ἑκάτερον δὲ τούτων ἄνθεσι πεποικιλμένοι ῥοΐσκοι, τῇ χρόᾳ θαυμασίως ἔχοντες.
everything is performed with reverence and in a manner worthy of the divine majesty. And when we beheld Eleazar in the course of his ministration, and his apparel, and the lustre lent by the wearing of the "coat" wherewith he is clad and the precious stones about his person, we were struck with a great amazement. For there are "bells of gold" around the border of his "long robe," giving out a peculiar musical sound, and on either side of these are "pomegranates" embroidered in gay colours of a marvellous hue.

§97 ← §96 §98 →

κατέζωστο δὲ διαφόρῳ ζώνῃ διαπρεπεῖ, διυφασμένῃ καλλίστοις χρώμασιν. ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ στήθους φορεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον λόγιον, ἐν ᾧ συνεσφιγμένοι λίθοι δεκαδύο, διαλλάσσοντες τοῖς γένεσι, χρυσῷ κεκολλημένοι, τὰ τῶν φυλάρχων ὀνόματα κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάταξιν γενηθεῖσαν, ἀπαυγάζοντες ἕκαστος ἀνεξήγητον τῆς ἰδιότητος τὴν φυσικὴν χρόαν.
He was girt with a rich and magnificent "girdle," woven in the fairest colours. And on his breast he wears what is called the "oracle," wherein are set "twelve stones" of divers kinds, fastened with gold, bearing the names of the heads of the tribes according to their original order, each of them flashing forth in indescribable fashion its own natural hue.

§98 ← §97 §99 →

ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχει τὴν λεγομένην κίδαριν, ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτης τὴν ἀμίμητον μίτραν, τὸ καθηγιασμένον βασίλειον ἐκτυποῦν ἐπὶ πετάλῳ χρυσῷ γράμμασιν ἁγίοις ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ μέσον τῶν ὀφρύων, δόξῃ πεπληρωμένον, ὁ κριθεὶς ἄξιος τούτων ἐν ταῖς λειτουργίαις.
On his head he has the "tiara," as it is called, and over this the inimitable "turban," the consecrated diadem, bearing "engraven" upon "a plate of gold" in holy letters the name of God, set between his eyebrows, full of glory. Such is the raiment of him who is judged worthy of these things in the public services.

§99 ← §98 §100 →

ἡ δὲ συμφάνεια τούτων ἐμποιεῖ φόβον καὶ ταραχήν, ὥστε νομίζειν εἰς ἕτερον ἐληλυθέναι ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου· καὶ διαβεβαιοῦμαι, πάντα ἄνθρωπον προσελθόντα τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν προειρημένων εἰς ἔκπληξιν ἥξειν καὶ θαυμασμὸν ἀδιήγητον, μετατραπέντα τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστον ἁγίαν κατασκευήν.
And the general aspect of these things produces awe and discomfiture, insomuch that one thinks that one has passed into another sphere outside the world; indeed, I confidently affirm that any man who witnesses the spectacle which I have described will experience an amazement and wonder indescribable, and will be profoundly moved in his mind at the sanctity attaching to every detail.

§100 ← §99 §101 →

πρὸς γὰρ τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν ἁπάντων ἐπὶ τὴν παρακειμένην ἄκραν τῆς πόλεως ἀναβάντες ἐθεωροῦμεν· ἣ κεῖται μὲν ἐν ὑψηλοτάτῳ τόπῳ, πύργοις ἐξησφαλισμένη πλείοσι, μέχρι κορυφῆς εὐμήκεσι λίθοις ἀνῳκοδομημένων αὐτῶν, ὡς μεταλαμβάνομεν, πρὸς φυλακὴν τῶν περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τόπων·
To obtain an accurate knowledge of everything, we ascended to the citadel of the city, which lies hard by, and looked around us. It is situated on a very lofty spot and is fortified with several towers, which are constructed right up to the top of great blocks of stone, as a defence, so we are informed, to the precincts of the temple;

§101 ← §100 §102 →

ἵνα, ἐὰν ἐπίθεσίς τις ἢ νεωτερισμὸς ἢ πολεμίων ἔφοδος γένηται, μηθεὶς δύνηται ὁδὸν εἰς τοὺς περιβόλους ποιήσασθαι τοὺς περὶ τὸν οἶκον· ἐπικειμένων καὶ ὀξυβελῶν ἐπὶ τῶν πύργων τῆς ἄκρας καὶ ὀργάνων ποικίλων, καὶ τοῦ τόπου κατὰ κορυφὴν ὄντος τῶν προειρημένων περιβόλων,
so that, in case of any attack or revolution or invasion of an enemy, no one might effect an entrance within the ring-walls of the Temple.

§102 ← §101 §103 →

ὡσανεὶ φυλασσομένων τῶν πύργων ὑπὸ τῶν πιστοτάτων ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῇ πατρίδι μεγάλας ἀποδείξεις δεδωκότων· οἵτινες οὐκ εἶχον ἐξουσίαν ἐξιέναι τῆς ἄκρας, εἰ μὴ ταῖς ἑορταῖς, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ μέρους, οὐδὲ εἰσοδεύειν εἴων οὐδένα.
On the towers of the citadel there are engines for discharging missiles and machines of divers kinds, and the place commands the enclosing walls aforementioned. The towers are guarded, too, by the most trusted men, whose achievements have fully proved their loyalty to their country. These men had orders not to quit the citadel, except on the feast days, and then only in turn, nor did they suffer any one to enter it.

§103 ← §102 §104 →

μετὰ ἀκριβείας δὲ πολλῆς εἶχον, εἰ καί τις ἐπιταγὴ γένοιτο διὰ τοῦ προκαθηγουμένου πρὸς θεωρίαν εἰσδέξασθαί τινας· οἷον καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐγεγόνει. μόλις γὰρ ἀνόπλους ὄντας ἡμᾶς δύο παρεδέξαντο πρὸς τὸ κατανοῆσαι τὰ τῶν θυσιῶν.
Even when any injunction was given by their leader to admit any persons as sightseers, great care was exercised, as was shown in our case. For although we were but two unarmed men, they could hardly be brought to admit us to witness the offering of the sacrifices.

§104 ← §103 §105 →

ἔλεγον δὲ καὶ δι᾽ ὅρκων πεπιστῶσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον· τοὺς γὰρ πάντας ὀμωμοκέναι, κατ᾽ ἀνάγκην {ἐπιτελουμένους} θείως τὸ κατὰ τὸν ὁρισμὸν πρᾶγμα, ὄντας πεντακοσίους μὴ παραδέξασθαι πλεῖον ἀνθρώπων πέντε κατὰ τὸ αὐτό· τοῦ γὰρ ἱεροῦ τὴν πᾶσαν εἶναι φυλακὴν τὴν ἄκραν· καὶ τὸν καταβαλλόμενον αὐτὴν τὴν προφυλακὴν τῶν εἰημένων οὕτως ἠσφαλίσθαι.
And they said that they were pledged by oaths to act thus. For they all had sworn, and had of bounden duty and for conscience' sake fulfilled their bond, that they, although numbering five hundred men, would not admit more than five persons at the same time; for the citadel was the one protection of the temple, and its founder had thus securely fortified its tower of defence.

§105 ← §104 §106 →

τῆς δὲ πόλεώς ἐστι τὸ χύμα συμμέτρως ἔχον, οἷον τεσσαράκοντα σταδίων ὄντος τοῦ περιβόλου, καθόσον εἰκάσαι δυνατόν. ἔχει δὲ τὴν τῶν πύργων θέσιν θεατροειδῆ, καὶ φαινομένων διόδων- τῶν ὑποκειμένων, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπάνωθεν- {εἰθισμένως}- , καὶ τὰς διὰ τούτων διεξόδους. ἀνάκλασιν γὰρ ἔχει τὰ τῶν τόπων, ὡς ἂν ἐπ᾽ ὄρους τῆς πόλεως ῴκοδομημένης. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ διαβάθραι πρὸς τὰς διόδους.
The city is of moderate proportions, its circuit being about forty furlongs, to give a rough estimate. In the disposition of its towers and of the thoroughfares which appear, some below, some above, with the cross-streets through them, it has the familiar aspect of a theatre. For the ground is irregular, as the city is built on a mountain.

§106 ← §105 §107 →

οἱ μὲν γὰρ μετέωροι τὴν ὁδείαν, οἱ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὰς ποιοῦνται, καὶ μάλιστα διεστηκότες τῆς ὁδείας, διὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἁγνείαις ὄντας, ὅπως μηδενὸς θιγγάνωσιν ὧν οὐ δέον ἐστίν.
There are also stair-ways leading to the thoroughfares. For some persons take their way along the higher level, and others underneath, and they keep as far as possible from each other on the road because of those who are undergoing the usual purifications, to prevent them from touching any forbidden thing.

§107 ← §106 §108 →

οὐκ ἀλόγως δὲ τὴν πόλιν συμμετρίᾳ καθηκούσῃ κατεσκεύασαν οἱ πρῶτοι, σοφῶς δὲ ἐπινοήσαντες. τῆς γὰρ χώρας πολλῆς οὔσης καὶ καλῆς, καί τινων μὲν πεδινῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν λεγομένην, καὶ τῶν συναπτόντων τῇ τῶν Ἰδουμαίων χώρᾳ, τινῶν δὲ ὀρεινῶν, τῶν {συναπτόντων τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώρᾳ, χρὴ} πρὸς τὴν γεωργίαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς γῆς γίνεσθαι συνεχῶς, ἵνα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὗτοι τὴν εὐκαρπίαν ἔχωσιν· οὗ καὶ γινομένου γεωργεῖται {πάντα μετὰ} δαψιλείας πολλῆς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ προειρημένῃ χώρᾳ.
It was not without reason that the original founders built the city of convenient proportions, but from a wise insight.

§108 ← §107 §109 →

τῶν δὲ πόλεων ὅσαι μέγεθος ἔχουσι καὶ τὴν ἀκόλουθον εὐδαιμονίαν, ταύταις συμβέβηκεν εὐανδρεῖν, ἀμελεῖσθαι δὲ τῆς χώρας, πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἱλαροῦσθαι νενευκότων, καὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εὐκαταφόρους εἶναι.
For as the country is extensive and fair, and some parts, namely those in Samaria so called, and those adjoining the country of the Idumaeans, are level plain, while other parts are mountainous, namely those adjoining the country of Judaea, the inhabitants must devote their unremitting attention to agriculture and the care of the soil, in order that these latter districts may also thereby obtain a plentiful supply of crops. In this way cultivation of every sort is carried on and an abundant harvest reaped throughout the whole of the aforesaid land. On the other hand, it has been the fate of all large and consequently prosperous cities to be thickly populated themselves, while they neglect the country, as the thoughts of every one are bent on enjoyment, and all men have a natural propensity to pleasure.

§109 ← §108 §110 →

τοῦτο δὲ ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὑπερβάλλουσαν πάσας τῷ μεγέθει καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ τὰς πόλεις. οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας εἰς αὐτὴν ἀποξενούμενοι καταμένοντες ἐφ᾽ ἱκανὸν εἰς ἐλάττωσιν ἦγον τὰ τῆς ἐργασίας.
And this is what happened to Alexandria, a city which surpasses all others in size and prosperity. The country folk by migrating to the town and making a long stay up there brought agriculture to a low ebb.

§110 ← §109 §111 →

ὅθεν ὁ βασιλεύς, ἵνα μὴ καταμένωσι, προσέταξε μὴ πλέον εἴκοσιν ἡμερῶν παρεπιδημεῖν· καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν ὁμοίως δι᾽ ἐγγράπτων διαστολὰς ἔδωκεν, ἐὰν ἀναγκαῖον ᾖ κατακαλέσαι, διακρίνειν ἐν ἡμέραις πέντε.
And so the king, to prevent them from making a stay, ordered that their visits should not exceed twenty days; and he likewise gave written injunctions to the officials, that if it were necessary to summon any such persons to town, then they should decide their cases within five days.

§111 ← §110 §112 →

πρὸ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος καὶ χρηματιστὰς καὶ τοὺς τούτων ὑπηρέτας ἐπέταξε κατὰ νομούς, ὅπως μὴ πορισμὸν λαμβάνοντες οἱ γεωργοὶ καὶ προστάται τῆς πόλεως ἐλαττῶσι τὰ ταμιεῖα, λέγω δὲ τὰ τῆς γεωργίας πρόσφορα.
And as he considered the matter one of great importance, he appointed judges with their subordinates in every district, that so the farmers and their agents might not, while money-making in the city, reduce the granaries of the city, I mean the proceeds of agriculture.

§112 ← §111 §113 →

παρεξέβημεν δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τὸ καλῶς ἡμῖν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὑποδεδειχέναι τὰ προειρημένα. μεγάλη γὰρ ἐστὶν ἡ τῶν γεωργουμένων φιλοπονία. καὶ γὰρ ἐλαϊκοῖς πλήθεσι σύνδενδρός ἐστι καὶ σιτικοῖς καρποῖς αὐτῶν ἡ χώρα καὶ ὀσπρίοις, ἔτι δὲ ἀμπέλῳ καὶ μέλιτι πολλῷ. τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροδρύων καὶ φοινίκων οὐδ᾽ ἀριθμεῖται παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς.
We have been led into this digression by Eleazar's admirable exposition to us of the principles just mentioned. Their industry in agriculture is indeed great. For their country is thickly planted with olive trees and is rich in cereal produce and pulse, in vines also and honey in abundance; fruit trees of other kinds and palms are beyond reckoning with them.

§113 ← §112 §114 →

κτήνη τε πολλὰ παμμιγῆ, καὶ δαψιλὴς ἡ τούτων νομή· διὸ καλῶς ἔβλεψαν, ὅτι πολυανθρωπίας οἱ τόποι προσδέονται, καὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῶν κωμῶν ἔθεντο κατὰ λόγον.
There are cattle in abundance of all sorts, and rich pasturage for them. And so they rightly recognized that the rural districts needed a dense population, and they constructed the city and the villages in correct proportions.

§114 ← §113 §115 →

πολὺ δὲ πλῆθος καὶ τῶν ἀρωμάτων καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν καὶ χρυσοῦ παρακομίζεται διὰ τῶν Ἀράβων εἰς τὸν τόπον. ἐργάσιμος γὰρ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐμπορίαν ἐστὶ κατεσκευασμένη ἡ χώρα, καὶ πολύτεχνος ἡ πόλις, οὐ σπανίζει δὲ οὐδὲν τῶν διακομιζομένων διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης.
A great mass of spices, precious stones, and gold is brought into the district by the Arabs. For the country is well adapted for commerce as well as for cultivation, and the city is rich in the arts and lacks none of the merchandise that is brought across the sea.

§115 ← §114 §116 →

ἔχει γὰρ καὶ λιμένας εὐκαίρους χορηγοῦντας, τόν τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσκαλῶνα καὶ Ἰόππην καὶ Γάζαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαίδα τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκτισμένην. μέση δὲ κεῖται πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους, οὐκ ἀπέχουσα τούτων πολύ. ἔχει δὲ πάντα δαψιλῆ κάθυγρος οὖσα πάντοθεν ἡ χώρα καὶ μεγάλην ἀσφάλειαν ἔχουσα.
It possesses havens well situated which supply its needs, that at Ascalon, and Joppa, and Gaza, as well as Ptolemais which was founded by the King, and holds a central position compared with these places, not being far distant from any of them. The country enjoys everything in plenty, being well watered on every side and securely enclosed.

§116 ← §115 §117 →

περιρρεῖ δ᾽ αὐτὴν ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰορδάνης ποταμὸς ἀείρρους. {τῆς δὲ χώρας} οὐκ ἔλαττον ἑξακισχιλίων μυριάδων ἀρουρῶν κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον οὔσης (μετέπειτα δὲ οἱ γειτνιῶντες ἐπέβησαν αὐτῆς) ἑξήκοντα μυριάδες ἀνδρῶν ἔγκληροι καθειστήκεισαν ἑκατοντάρουροι. πληρούμενος δὲ ὁ ποταμός, καθὼς ὁ Νεῖλος, ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν θερισμὸν ἡμέραις, πολλὴν ἀρδεύει τῆς γῆς·
Round I I it there flows the river called the Jordan which never runs dry. The country originally comprised not less than sixty million acres (although subsequently the neighbouring peoples encroached upon it), and six hundred thousand men became possessors of lots of a hundred acres each. The river, like the Nile, rises about the time of harvest and irrigates a large part of the land.

§117 ← §116 §118 →

ὃς εἰς ἕτερον ποταμὸν ἐκβάλλει τὸ ῥεῦμα κατὰ τὴν Πτολεμαίων χώραν, οὗτος δὲ ἔξεισιν εἰς θάλασσαν. ἄλλοι δὲ χειμάρροι λεγόμενοι κατίασι, περιλαμβάνοντες τὰ πρὸς τὴν Γάζαν μέρη καὶ τὴν Ἀζωτίων χώραν.
Over against the district of the people of Ptolemais it issues into another river and this flows out into the sea. Other brooks, as they are called, flow down into the plain and encompass the parts about Gaza and the region of Azotus.

§118 ← §117 §119 →

περιέχεται δὲ ἀσφαλείαις αὐτοφυέσι, δυσείσβολος οὖσα καὶ πλήθεσιν ἀπραγμάτευτος, διὰ τὸ στενὰς εἶναι τὰς παρόδους, κρημνῶν παρακειμένων καὶ φαράγγων βαθέων, ἔτι δὲ τραχείας οὔσης πάσης τῆς περιεχούσης πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν ὀρεινῆς.
The country is encircled by natural defences, so that invasion is difficult and impracticable for large numbers, because the passes are narrow, being flanked by steep cliffs and deep ravines, and the whole mountain-range which surrounds the entire country is of a rugged character.

§119 ← §118 §120 →

ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν παρακειμένων ὀρέων τῆς Ἀραβίας μέταλλα χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου συνίστασθαι πρότερον. ἐκλέλειπται δὲ ταῦτα, καθ᾽ ὃν ἐπεκράτησαν Πέρσαι χρόνον, τῶν τότε προστατούντων ποιησαμένων διαβολήν, ὡς ἄχρηστος ἡ κατεργασία γίνεται καὶ πολυδάπανος,
We were further told that there were formerly copper and iron mines in the neighbouring mountains of Arabia.

§120 ← §119 §121 →

ὅπως μὴ διὰ τὴν μεταλλείαν τῶν εἰρημένων συμβῇ καὶ τὴν χώραν καταφθείρεσθαι, καὶ σχεδὸν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων δυναστείαν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι, παρεύρεσιν λαβόντων εἰς τοὺς τόπους εἰσόδου, διὰ τὸ τὴν διαβολὴν γεγονέναι ταύτην.Ὅσον οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἔδει, κεφαλαιωδῶς σεσήμαγκά σοι, ὦ Φιλόκρατες ἀδελφέ· τὰ δὲ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἑπομένως δηλώσομεν.
But these were stopped at the time of the Persian rule, as the overseers of those days spread a false report that their working was unprofitable and expensive, in order to prevent the country from being spoiled for the sake of the mining of the said metals and possibly taken out of their hands as a consequence of the Persian overlordship, while by the help of this false report they found a pretext for entering the district.

§121 ← §120 §122 →

ἐπιλέξας γὰρ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄνδρας καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντας, ἅτε δὴ γονέων τετευχότας ἐνδόξων, οἵτινες οὐ μόνον τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν γραμμάτων ἕξιν περιεποίησαν αὑτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἐφρόντισαν οὐ παρέργως κατακευῆς·
I have now given thee, dear brother Philocrates, such a summary description of these matters as was necessary. The story of the translation we will tell in the sequel. Well, Eleazar selected the men of the best character and the highest culture, such as one would expect from their noble parentage. They were men who had not only acquired proficiency in Jewish literature, but had studied most carefully that of the Greeks as well.

§122 ← §121 §123 →

διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὰς πρεσβείας εὔθετοι καθεστήκεισαν, καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐπετέλουν ὅτε δέοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ὁμιλίας καὶ τὰς ἐπερωτήσεις τὰς διὰ τοῦ νόμου μεγάλην εὐφυίαν εἶχον, τὸ μέσον ἐζηλωκότες κατάστημα (τοῦτο γὰρ κάλλιστόν ἐστιν), ἀποτεθειμένοι τὸ τραχὺ καὶ βάρβαρον τῆς διανοίας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ κατοίεσθαι καὶ νομίζειν ὑπερφρονεῖν ἑτέρους ὑπερβεβηκότες, τὴν δ᾽ ὁμιλίαν καὶ τὸ συνακούειν καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἀποκρίνεσθαι δεόντως παραδεδεγμένοι, καὶ πάντες ταῦτα συντηροῦντες καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν τούτοις βουλόμενοι ὑπερφέρειν ἕτερος ἑτέρου, καὶ τοῦ καθηγουμένου πάντες ἄξιοι καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρετῆς.
They were therefore well qualified to be sent on embassies, and undertook this office whenever occasion required. They possessed a great genius for conferences and discussions bearing on the law. They cultivated the due mean, the best of courses, and while they abjured a harsh and uncouth disposition, they were likewise above conceit and the assuming of an air of superiority over others, and in conversation they were ready to listen and to give an appropriate reply to every question. And this bearing they all observed, and it was in such conduct that they most desired to outstrip each other, being all worthy of their leader and of his virtue.

§123 ← §122 §124 →

νοῆσαι δ᾽ ἦν, ὡς ἠγάπησαν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον δυσαποσπάστως ἔχοντες, καὶ ἐκεῖνος αὐτούς· χωρὶς καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα γεγραφέναι περὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως αὐτῶν πολλὰ παρεκάλεσε τὸν Ἀνδρέαν ποιῆσαι, συναντιλαμβάνεσθαι παρακαλῶν, καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν δυνώμεθα.
And one might see, in their unwillingness to be torn from him, how they loved Eleazar and he them. For not only did he write to the king on the subject of their safe return, but he also earnestly besought Andreas to work for the same end, and urged me too to assist to the best of my power.

§124 ← §123 §125 →

καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων {εὖ φροντίσειν} περὶ τούτων, ἔφη καὶ λίαν διαγωνιᾷν· εἰδέναι γάρ, ὅτι φιλάγαθος ὢν ὁ βασιλεὺς πάντων μέγιστον ἡγεῖται τὸ μεταπέμπεσθαι, καθ᾽ ὃν ἂν τόπον ὀνομασθῇ τις ἄνθρωπος διαφέρων ἀγωγῇ καὶ φρονήσει παρ᾽ ἑτέρους.
And although we promised to give good heed to his wishes, he said that he was deeply distressed, for he knew how the king in his love of goodness considered it the greatest of privileges, wherever he heard of any one who surpassed his fellows in culture and wisdom, to summon him to his court.

§125 ← §124 §126 →

μετείληφα γὰρ καλῶς αὐτὸν λέγειν, ὅτι περὶ ἑαυτὸν ἔχων ἄνδρας δικαίους καὶ σώφρονας τὴν μεγίστην ἂν φυλακὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἕξειν, συμβουλευόντων παρρησίᾳ πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον τῶν φίλων· ὃ δὴ σύνεστι τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
Indeed, I have heard of a fine saying of his, that by having about his person just and prudent men he would possess the greatest protection for his kingdom, since friends unreservedly offer advice for one's best interests. And these qualities were assuredly possessed by the men whom Eleazar was now sending.

§126 ← §125 §127 →

καὶ δι᾽ ὅρκων ἐπιστοῦτο, μὴ προΐεσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, εἴ τις ἑτέρα χρεία πρὸς τὰ ἰδίαν αὐτῷ κατεπείγοι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν κοινὴν πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἑπανόρθωσιν ἐξαποστέλλειν αὐτούς.
And he kept asseverating on oath that he would not let the men go, if it were merely some private interest of his own which impelled him so to do, but it was only for the common benefit to all his countrymen that he was sending them.

§127 ← §126 §128 →

τὸ γὰρ καλῶς ζῇν ἐν τῷ τὰ νόμιμα συντηρεῖν εἶναι· τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτελεῖσθαι διὰ τῆς ἀκροάσεως πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως. προτιθέμενος οὖν ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια φανερὸς ἦν τὴν διάθεσιν, ὃς ἦν πρὸς αὐτούς.
For, he added, a good life consisted in the observance of the laws, and this end was attained much more by oral communication than by reading. From these and similar observations it was clear what were his feelings towards them.

§128 ← §127 §129 →

Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπιμνησθῆναι {διὰ} βραχέων τῶν ὑποδειχθέντων ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ δι᾽ ἡμῶν ἐπιζητηθέντα. νομίζω γὰρ τοὺς πολλοὺς περιεργίαν ἔχων τινὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ περί τε τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων ἀκαθάρτων εἶναι κνωδάλων.
It is worth while briefly to mention the explanations given by him in reply to our inquiries. For I suppose that most men feel some curiosity about the regulations in the law concerning meats and drinks and the animals which are considered unclean.

§129 ← §128 §130 →

πυνθανομένων γὰρ ἡμῶν, διὰ τί, μιᾶς καταβολῆς οὔσης, τὰ μὲν ἀκάθαρτα νομίζεται πρὸς βρῶσιν, τὰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν (δεισιδαιμόνως γὰρ τὰ πλεῖστα τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἔχειν, ἐν δὲ τούτοις πάνυ δεισιδαιμόνως) πρὸς ταῦτα οὕτως ἐνήρξατο.
Well, when we inquired why, although there was but a single creation, some things are considered unclean for food, and some even to the touch (for the law is scrupulous in most things, but in these matters it is excessively scrupulous), he began his reply as follows:-

§130 ← §129 §131 →

Θεωρεῖς, ἔφη, τὰς ἀναστροφὰς καὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας, οἷον ἐνεργάζονται πρᾶγμα, διότι κακοῖς ὁμιλήσαντες διαστροφὰς ἐπιλαμβάνουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ταλαίπωροι δι᾽ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν εἰσιν· ἐὰν δὲ σοφοῖς καὶ φρονίμοις συζῶσιν, ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἐπανορθώσεως εἰς τὸν βίον ἔτυχον.
"Thou seest," he said, "what an influence is exercised by intercourse and association. By associating with evil persons men become perverted and are rendered miserable all their life long, whereas, if they consort with the wise and prudent, they pass from ignorance and amend their lives.

§131 ← §130 §132 →

διαστειλάμενος οὖν τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης πρῶτον ὁ νομοθέτης ἡμῶν, καὶ διδάξας ἕκαστα περὶ τούτων, οὐκ ἀπαγορευτικῶς μόνον ἀλλ᾽ ἐνδεικτικῶς, καὶ τὰς βλάβας προδήλους καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γινομένας ἐπιπομπὰς τοῖς αἰτίοις-
Our lawgiver, then, in the first place enjoined piety and righteousness, and expounded them point by point, not merely by prohibitions but also by positive commands, making plain the harmful effects of disobedience and the visitations sent by God upon the guilty.

§132 ← §131 §133 →

προϋπέδειξε γὰρ πάντων πρῶτον, ὅτι μόνος ὁ θεός ἐστι, καὶ διὰ πάντων ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται, πεπληρωμένου παντὸς τόπου τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ οὐθὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς γινομένων ὑπ᾽ ἀνθρώπων κρυφίως, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα ποιεῖ τις αὐτῷ φανερὰ καθέστηκε, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι-
In the very first place of all he taught that God is one, and that His power is made manifest through all things, every place being filled with His sovereignty, and that none of the things done in secret by men on earth is hidden from Him, but all that a man does and all things that are yet to be are manifest in His sight.

§133 ← §132 §134 →

ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐξεργαζόμενος ἀκριβῶς καὶ πρόδηλα θεὶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι, κἂν ἐννοηθῇ τις κακίαν ἐπιτελεῖν, οὐκ ἂν λάθοι, μὴ ὅτι καὶ πράξας, διὰ πάσης τῆς νομοθεσίας τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνατὸν ἐνδεικνύμενος.
When he had carefully elaborated these points and made them plain, he shewed that even if a man should but think of acting basely, let alone the doing of the wrong, he could not be hid; thus throughout the whole of the law he displayed the power of God.

§134 ← §133 §135 →

ποιησάμενος οὖν τὴν καταρχὴν ταύτην, καὶ δείξας ὅτι πάντες οἱ λοιποὶ παρ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωποι πολλοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι νομίζουσιν, αὐτοὶ δυναμικώτεροι πολλῷ καθεστῶτες ὧν σέβονται ματαίως-
"Beginning with these premises he went on to shew that all other men except our nation consider that there are many gods, although they are themselves far more powerful than those whom they vainly reverence.

§135 ← §134 §136 →

ἀγάλματα γὰρ ποιήσαντες ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων, εἰκόνας φασὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐξευρόντων τι πρὸς τὸ ζῇν αὐτοῖς χρήσιμον, οἷς προσκυνοῦσι, παρὰ πόδας ἔχοντες τὴν ἀναισθησίαν.
For they make effigies of stone and wood, and assert that they are images of those who discovered something useful for their life, and these they worship, although their senselessness is obvious.

§136 ← §135 §137 →

εἴ τι γὰρ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνό τις {θεὸς εἴη}, κατὰ τὴν ἐξεύρεσιν, παντελῶς ἀνόητον· τῶν γὰρ ἐν τῇ κτίσει λαβόντες τινὰ συνέθηκαν καὶ προσυπέδειξαν εὔχρηστα, τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν οὐ ποιήσαντες αὐτοί· διὸ κενὸν καὶ μάταιον τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀποθεοῦν.
For that any one should thus become a god in virtue of his invention is altogether foolish; for the inventors but took certain created things and put them together and shewed that they possessed a further use, but they did not create the substances themselves;

§137 ← §136 §138 →

καὶ γὰρ ἔτι καὶ νῦν εὑρεματικώτεροι καὶ πολυμαθέστεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πρίν εἰσι πολλοί, καὶ οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦντες. καὶ νομίζουσιν οἱ ταῦτα διαπλάσαντες καὶ μυθοποιήσαντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ σοφώτατοι καθεστάναι.
therefore it is idle and vain to deify men like themselves. Moreover, there are still at the present day many men more inventive and more learned than the men of yore, and yet they would never think of worshipping them. And the framers and authors of these fables consider that they are the wisest of the Greeks.

§138 ← §137 §139 →

τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων πολυματαίων τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν, Αἰγυπτίων τε καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, οἵτινες ἐπὶ θηρία καὶ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ κνωδάλων τὴν ἀπέρεισιν πεποίηνται, καὶ ταῦτα προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ θύουσι τούτοις καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τελευτήσασι;-
What further need is there to speak of other infatuated people, Egyptians and the like, who have put their trust in wild beasts and most of the creeping things and vermin, and worship these, and offer sacrifice to these, whether alive or dead?

§139 ← §138 §140 →

συνθεωρήσας οὖν ἕκαστα σοφὸς ὢν ὁ νομοθέτης, ὑπὸ θεοῦ κατεσκευασμένος εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῶν ἁπάντων, περιέφραξεν ἡμᾶς ἀδιακόποις χάραξι καὶ σιδηροῖς τείχεσιν, ὅπως μηθενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἐπιμισγώμεθα κατὰ μηδέν, ἁγνοὶ καθεστῶτες κατὰ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ ψυχήν, ἀπολελυμένοι ματαίων δοξῶν, τὸν μόνον θεὸν καὶ δυνατὸν σεβόμενοι παρ᾽ ὅλην τὴν πᾶσαν κτίσιν.
"When, therefore, the law-giver, who was endowed by God to understand all things, had in his wisdom surveyed each detail, he fenced us about with impregnable palisades and walls of iron, to the intent that we should in no way have dealings with any of the other nations, pure in body and mind, released from vain ideas, reverencqo ing the one Almighty God above the entire creation.

§140 ← §139 §141 →

ὅθεν οἱ Αἰγυπτίων καθηγεμόνες ἱερεῖς, ἐγκεκυφότες εἰς πολλὰ καὶ μετεσχηκότες πραγμάτων, ἀνθρώπους θεοῦ προσονομάζουσιν ἡμᾶς· ὃ τοῖς λοιποῖς οὐ πρόσεστιν, εἰ μή τις σέβεται τὸν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν θεόν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶν ἄνθρωποι βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ σκέπης·
For this reason the priests who lead the Egyptians and have closely investigated many things and been conversant with the world, call us "men of God," a designation which does not belong to the rest of mankind, but to him only who reverences the true God.

§141 ← §140 §142 →

ἡ γὰρ πᾶσα διάθεσις αὐτῶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα καταφεύγει. τοῖς δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐν οὐδενὶ ταῦτα λελόγισται, περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυναστείας δι᾽ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν ἡ σκέψις αὐτοῖς
The rest are men of meat and drink and raiment, for their whole nature finds solace in these things. But with our countrymen these things are counted of nothing worth, but their reflections throughout their whole life concern the sovereignty of God.

§142 ← §141 §143 →

ὅπως οὖν μηθενὶ συναλισγούμενοι μηδ᾽ ὁμιλοῦντες φαύλοις διαστροφὰς λαμβάνωμεν, πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς περιέφραξεν ἁγνείαις καὶ διὰ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ἁφῶν καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ ὁράσεως νομικῶς.
So then, lest we should become perverted by sharing the pollutions of others or consorting with base persons, he hedged us round on all sides with laws of purification in matters of meat and drink and handling and hearing and seeing.

§143 ← §142 §144 →

τὸ γὰρ καθόλου πάντα πρὸς τὸν φυσικὸν λόγον ὅμοια καθέστηκεν, ὑπὸ μιᾶς δυνάμεως οἰκονομούμενα, καὶ καθ᾽ ἓν ἕκαστον ἔχει λόγον βαθύν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἀπεχόμεθα κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν, καὶ οἷς συγχρώμεθα. χάριν δὲ ὑποδείγματος ἕν ἢ δεύτερον ἐπιδραμών σοι σημανῶ.
For, speaking generally, all things to the natural reason are alike, being all governed by the self-same power, and yet in every detail there is a profound reason why we abstain from the use of some things and share in the use of others.

§144 ← §143 §145 →

Μὴ γὰρ εἰς τὸν καταπεπτωκότα λόγον ἔλθῃς, ὅτι μυῶν καὶ γαλῆς ἢ τῶν τοιούτων χάριν περιεργίαν ποιούμενος ἐνομοθέτει ταῦτα Μωϋσῆς· ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἁγνὴν ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ τρόπων ἐξαρτισμὸν δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκεν σεμνῶς πάντα ἀνατέτακται.
For the sake of illustration I will run over one or two points and give thee an explanation. Do not fall in with the rejected view that it was out of regard for mice and weasels or such creatures that Moses drew up these laws with such exceeding care. No, all these ordinances have been solemnly made for righteousness' sake, to promote holy meditation and the perfecting of character.

§145 ← §144 §146 →

τῶν γὰρ πτηνῶν, οἷς χρώμεθα, πάντα ἥμερα καθέστηκε καὶ διαφέρει καθαριότητι, πυροῖς καὶ ὀσπρίοις χρώμενα πρὸς τὴν τροφήν, οἷον περιστεραὶ τρυγόνες ἀττακοὶ πέρδικες ἔτι δὲ χῆνες καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα.
For all the winged creatures, of which we partake, are tame and distinguished by cleanly habits, feeding on wheat and pulse, such as pigeons, turtle-doves, locusts, partridges, geese too and all the like.

§146 ← §145 §147 →

περὶ ὧν δὲ ἀπηγόρευται πτηνῶν, εὑρήσεις ἄγριά τε καὶ σαρκοφάγα καὶ καταδυναστεύοντα τῇ περὶ ἑαυτὰ δυνάμει τὰ λοιπά, καὶ τὴν τροφὴν ἔχοντα δαπάνησεν τῶν προειρημένων ἡμέρων μετὰ ἀδικίας· οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄρνας καὶ ἐρίφους ἀναρπάζουσι, καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἀδικοῦσι νεκρούς τε καὶ ζῶντας.
But as touching the forbidden winged creatures, thou wilt find that they are wild and carnivorous and use the strength which they possess to oppress the remainder of their kind and get their food by cruelly preying on the aforesaid tame creatures; and not on these only, but they also carry off lambs and kids, and do violence to dead men and living.

§147 ← §146 §148 →

παράσημον οὖν ἔθετο διὰ τούτων, ἀκάθαρτα προσονομάσας, ὅτι δέον ἐστι κατὰ ψυχήν, οἷς ἡ νομοθεσία διατέτακται, δικαιοσύνῃ συγχρῆσθαι καὶ μηδένα καταδυναστεύειν, πεποιθότας ἰσχύι τῇ καθ᾽ ἑαυτούς, μηδὲ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι μηδέν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ δικαίου τὰ τοῦ βίου κυβερνᾷν, ὡς τὰ τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα ζῷα τὰ φυόμενα τῶν ὀσπρίων ἐπὶ γῆς δαπανᾷ, καὶ οὐ καταδυναστεύει πρὸς τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν τῶν συγγενικῶν.
By these creatures, then, which he called unclean, the lawgiver gave a sign that those for whom the laws were ordained must practise righteousness in their hearts and oppress no one, trusting in their own strength, nor rob one of anything, but must direct their lives by righteous motives, even as the tame birds above mentioned consume the pulse that grows on the earth and do not tyrannize to the destruction of their kin.

§148 ← §147 §149 →

διὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὖν παραδέδωκεν ὁ νομοθέτης σημειοῦσθαι τοῖς συνετοῖς, εἶναι δικαίους τε καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιτελεῖν βίᾳ, μηδὲ τῇ περὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἰσχύι πεποιθότας ἑτέρους καταδυναστεύειν.
"By such symbols, then, the lawgiver has taught the understanding to note that they must be just and do nothing by violence, nor oppress others in reliance on their own strength.

§149 ← §148 §150 →

ὅπου γὰρ οὐδ᾽ ἅψασθαι καθῆκε τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστα διάθεσιν, πῶς οὐ φυλακτέον παντάπασι τοὺς τρόπους εἰς τοῦτο κατακλασθῆναι;
For whereas it is not meet even to touch the aforesaid creatures by reason of their several natures, what strict precautions must we not take to prevent the character from degenerating to a like condition?

§150 ← §149 §151 →

πάντα οὖν τὰ τῆς συγχωρήσεως ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν κτηνῶν τροπολογῶν ἐκτέθειται. τὸ γὰρ διχηλεύειν καὶ διαστέλλειν ὁπλῆς ὄνυχας σημεῖόν ἐστι τοῦ διαστέλλειν ἕκαστα τῶν πράξεων ἐπὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον·
He has, then, set forth all these rules as to what is permitted us in the case of these and the other creatures by way of allegory. For the parting of the hoof and the dividing of the claws symbolize discrimination in our every action with a view to what is right;

§151 ← §150 §152 →

ἡ γὰρ ἰσχὺς τῶν ὅλων σωμάτων μετ᾽ ἐνεργείας ἀπέρεισιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους ἔχει καὶ τὰ σκέλη. μετὰ διαστολῆς οὖν ἅπαντα ἐπιτελεῖν πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ἀναγκάζει τὸ σημειοῦσθαι διὰ τούτων· ἔτι δὲ καὶ διότι παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους διεστάλμεθα.
for the strength of the whole body and its activity are dependent upon the arms and legs. He constrains us, then, to do everything with discrimination and with a view to righteousness; such is the signification of these symbols. He further signifies that we are distinct from all men.

§152 ← §151 §153 →

οἱ γὰρ πλείονες τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑαυτοὺς μολύνουσιν ἐπιμισγόμενοι, συντελοῦντες μεγάλην ἀδικίαν, καὶ χῶραι καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι σεμνύνονται ἐπὶ τούτοις. οὐ μόνον γὰρ {προάγουσι} τοὺς ἄρσενας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκούσας ἔτι δὲ θυγατέρας μολύνουσιν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τούτων διεστάλμεθα.
For most other men defile themselves by promiscuous unions, working great unrighteousness, and whole countries and cities pride themselves on these vices. For not only do they have intercourse with males, but they even defile mothers and daughters. But we have been kept apart from these things.

§153 ← §152 §154 →

περὶ ὃν δὲ ἐστὶν ὁ προειρημένος τῆς διαστολῆς τρόπος, περὶ τοῦτον εἶναι καὶ τὸν τῆς μνήμης κεχαρακτήρικεν. πάντα γὰρ ὅσα διχηλεῖ καὶ μηρυκισμὸν ἀνάγει σαφῶς τοῖς νοοῦσιν ἐκτίθεται τὸ τῆς μνήμης.
"Again, the lawgiver has characterized the possessor of the aforesaid quality of discrimination as possessing also the gift of memory. For 'all things which part the hoof and chew the cud' to thoughtful minds clearly represent memory.

§154 ← §153 §155 →

ἡ γὰρ ἀναμηρύκησις οὐθὲν ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ συστάσεως ἐπιμνησις. τὸ γὰρ ζῇν διὰ τῆς τροφῆς συνεστάναι νομίζει.
For the chewing of the cud is nothing else but a calling to mind of life and existence; for he considers that life exists by taking food.

§155 ← §154 §156 →

διὸ παρακελεύεται καὶ διὰ τῆς γραφῆς ὁ λέγων οὕτως· μνείᾳ μνησθήσῃ κυρίου τοῦ ποιήσαντος ἔν σοι τὰ μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστά. κατανοούμενα γὰρ καὶ μεγάλα καὶ ἔνδοξα φαίνεται· πρῶτον μὲν ἡ σύμπηξις τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἡ τῆς τροφῆς διοίκησις καὶ ἡ περὶ ἕκαστον μέλος διαστολή·
And therefore he gives exhortation by the scripture also where he says thus, 'Thou shalt well remember the Lord who wrought in thee the great and wonderful things.' For, when clearly perceived, they do appear 'great and glorious,' in the first place the construction of the body, and the means for digesting the food, and the distinction between the several members;

§156 ← §155 §157 →

πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων διακόσμησις, διανοίας ἐνέργημα καὶ κίνησις ἀόρατος, ἥ τε ὀξύτης τοῦ πρὸς ἕκαστόν τι πράσσειν καὶ τεχνῶν εὕρεσις ἀπέραστον περιέχει τρόπον.
but much more do the orderly arrangement of the senses, the operation and invisible movement of the mind, and its rapidity in suiting its action to each several occasion and its dis. covery of the arts bear the marks of an infinite wisdom.

§157 ← §156 §158 →

διὸ παρακελεύεται μνείαν ἔχειν, ὡς συντηρεῖται τὰ προειρημένα θείᾳ δυνάμει σὺν κατασκευῇ. πάντα γὰρ χρόνον καὶ τόπον ὥρικε πρὸς τὸ διὰ παντὸς μνημονεύειν τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ καὶ συντηροῦντος.
And therefore he exhorts us to bear in mind, how that the aforesaid things are both created and preserved by the power of God. For he has appointed every time and place for the continual remembrance of God, the Ruler and Preserver.

§158 ← §157 §159 →

καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν ἀπαρξαμένους εὐθέως τότε συγχρῆσθαι κελεύει. καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐκ τῶν περιβολαίων παράσημον ἡμῖν μνείας δέδωκεν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πυλῶν καὶ θυρῶν προστέταχε μὲν ἡμῖν τιθέναι τὰ λόγια, πρὸς τὸ μνείαν εἶναι θεοῦ·
For instance, in the matter of meats and drinks he bids us first to offer a part as a sacrifice, and not till then to partake of food. In our clothing, too, he has given us a symbol of remembrance. Likewise also he has commanded us to set the oracles 'upon our gates and doors,' that God may be had in remembrance;

§159 ← §158 §160 →

καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν δὲ διαρρήδην τὸ σημεῖον κελεύει περιῆφθαι, σαφῶς ἀποδεικνὺς ὅτι πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιτελεῖν δεῖ, μνήμην ἔχοντας τῆς ἑαυτῶν κατασκευῆς, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τὸν περὶ θεοῦ φόβον.
and he expressly orders that the 'sign' be 'bound round upon the hands,' clearly indicating that every action must be righteously performed with a remembrance of our creation, and above all with a fear of God.

§160 ← §159 §161 →

κελεύει δὲ καὶ κοιταζομένους καὶ διανισταμένους μελετᾷν τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ κατασκευάς, οὐ μόνον λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ διαλήψει θεωροῦντας τὴν κίνησιν καὶ ὑπόληψιν ἑαυτῶν, ὅταν εἰς ὕπνον ἔρχωνται, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν, ὡς θεία τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάληπτος τούτων ἡ μετάθεσις.
And he bids men 'when lying down and when rising up' to meditate on the things which God has created, not in speech only, but reviewing also in thought the change and the impression which passes over them when they fall asleep, and the manner of their waking, how divine, as it were, and incomprehensible is the interchange of these states.

§161 ← §160 §162 →

Δέδεικται δέ σοι καὶ τὸ περισσὸν τῆς λογίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν καὶ μνείαν, ὡς ἐξεθέμεθα τὴν διχηλίαν καὶ τὸν μηρυκισμόν. οὐ γὰρ εἰκῆ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐμπεσὸν εἰς ψυχὴν νενομοθέτηται, πρὸς δ᾽ ἀλήθειαν καὶ σημείωσιν ὀρθοῦ λόγου.
"Thou hast now been shewn the exceeding wisdom of the saying concerning discrimination and memory, according to our exposition of the parting of the hoof and the chewing of the cud. For the laws have not been made at random and capriciously, but with a view to truth and to point the way to right reason.

§162 ← §161 §163 →

διατάξας γὰρ ἐπὶ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἁφὰς ἕκαστα, κελεύει μηθὲν εἰκῆ μήτε πράσσειν μήτε ἀκούειν, μήτε τῇ τοῦ λόγου δυναστείᾳ συγχρωμένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν τρέπεσθαι.
For by his detailed injunctions concerning meats and drinks and touch he bids us do and hear nothing heedlessly, nor to resort to injustice by a misuse of the dominating power of speech.

§163 ← §162 §164 →

καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κνωδάλων δὲ ταὐτὸν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. κακοποιητικὸς γὰρ ὁ τρόπος ἐστὶ καὶ γαλῆς καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων, ὅσα διηγόρευται.
In the case of the wild animals, too, the same principle may be discovered. For the habits of 'weasel and mouse' and of all the like animals enumerated are injurious.

§164 ← §163 §165 →

πάντα γὰρ λυμαίνονται καὶ κακοποιοῦσι μύες, οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῶν τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ παντελῶς ἄχρηστον γίνεσθαι ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅ τι ἂν δή ποτ᾽ οὖν ἐπιβάληται κακοποιεῖν.
Mice mar and injure everything not only for their own food, but in such a way that anything which they have begun to injure becomes utterly useless for man.

§165 ← §164 §166 →

τό τε τῆς γαλῆς γένος ἰδιάζον ἐστί· χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ προειρημένου ἔχει λυμαντικὸν κατάστημα· διὰ γὰρ τῶν ὤτων συλλαμβάνει, τεκνοποιεῖ δὲ τῷ στόματι.
And the weasel tribe is peculiar, for beside the aforenamed habit it has a characteristic which defiles it; it conceives through its ears and gives birth through its mouth.

§166 ← §165 §167 →

καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ τοιοῦτος τρόπος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν· ὅσα γὰρ δι᾽ ἀκοῆς λαβόντες, ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ σωματοποιήσαντες, κακοῖς ἑτέρους ἐνεκύλισαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπετέλεσαν, μιανθέντες αὐτοὶ παντάπασι τῷ τῆς ἀσεβείας μολυσμῷ. καλῶς δὲ ποιῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀναιρεῖ, καθὼς μεταλαμβάνομεν.-
And therefore the like habit of man is unclean; that is to say, whenever they have embodied in speech the things which they have received through the ear and involved others in ills, they are guilty. of gross uncleanness and are themselves utterly tainted with the pollution of their impiety. And your king, as we are informed, rightly puts such men to death."

§167 ← §166 §168 →

Ἐγὼ δ᾽ εἶπα Τοὺς ἐμφανιστὰς οἴομαί σε λέγειν· καὶ γὰρ αἰκίαις καὶ θανάτοις ἐπαλγέσιν αὐτοὺς περιβάλλει συνεχῶς.- Ὁ δέ Τούτους γὰρ καὶ λέγω· ἡ γὰρ ἐπαγρύπνησις ἀνθρώπων ἀπωλείᾳ ἀνόσιος.
And I said, "I suppose that thou speakest of the informers; indeed he constantly exposes them to tortures and painful deaths." "Yes," he replied, "I speak of them. For to watch for men's destruction is an unholy practice.

§168 ← §167 §169 →

ὁ δὲ νόμος ἡμῖν κελεύει μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ μηδένα κακοποιεῖν. καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν, ὅσον ἐπὶ βραχὺ {διεξῆλθον, προσυποδείξας} σοι διότι πάντα κεκανόνισται πρὸς δικαιοσύνην, καὶ οὐδὲν εἰκῆ κατατέτακται διὰ τῆς γραφῆς οὐδὲ μυθωδῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δι᾽ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἀσκῶμεν δικαιοσύνην πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, μεμνημένοι τοῦ δυναστεύοντος θεοῦ.
And our Law forbids us to injure any whether by word or deed. "In my brief summary of these matters I have shewn thee how every regulation has been made with a view to righteousness, and nothing has been set down in the Scripture heedlessly or in a mythical sense, but its purpose is that throughout our whole life we may in our actions exercise righteousness towards all men, remembering the sovereignty of God.

§169 ← §168 §170 →

περὶ βρωτῶν οὖν καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἑρπετῶν καὶ κνωδάλων καὶ πᾶς λόγος ἀνατείνει πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων συναναστροφὴν δικαίαν.
So then all that is said concerning meats and the unclean creeping things and wild animals relates to righteousness and righteous dealings between man and man."

§170 ← §169 §171 →

Ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν καλῶς ἐνόμιζε περὶ ἑκάστων ἀπολογεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν προσφερομένων ἔλεγε μόσχων τε καὶ κριῶν καὶ χιμάρων, ὅτι δεῖ ταῦτα ἐκ βουκολίων καὶ ποιμνίων λαμβάνοντας ἥμερα θυσιάζειν, καὶ μηθὲν ἄγριον, ὅπως οἱ προσφέροντες τὰς θυσίας μηθὲν ὑπερήφανον ἑαυτοῖς συνιστορῶσι, σημειώσει κεχρημένοι τοῦ διατάξαντος. τῆς γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς τοῦ παντὸς τρόπου τὴν προσφορὰν ποιεῖται ὁ τὴν θυσίαν προσάγων.
To my mind, then, he appeared to make an excellent defence in every particular. He added, moreover, with regard to the calves and rams and he-goats that are offered, that men must take these from the herds ahd flocks and sacrifice tame animals, and nothing that is wild, that so the offerers of the sacrifices, bearing in mind the symbolic meaning of the legislator, may have no arrogant thoughts upon their conscience. For he that presents the sacrifice makes an offering of his own soul and all its affections.

§171 ← §170 §172 →

καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν νομίζω τὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας ἄξια λόγου καθεστάναι· διὸ τὴν σεμνότητα καὶ φυσικὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ νόμου προῆγμαι διασαφῆσαί σοι, Φιλόκρατες, δι᾽ ἣν ἔχεις φιλομάθειαν.
I think that his discourse on these matters was worth repeating; and therefore have I been led on, knowing thy love of learning, dear Philocrates, to explain to thee the sanctity and natural meaning of the Law.

§172 ← §171 §173 →

Ὁ δὲ Ἐλεάζαρος ποιησάμενος θυσίαν καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπιλέξας καὶ πολλὰ δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ κατασκευάσας προέπεμψεν ἡμᾶς μετὰ ἀσφαλείας πολλῆς.
So Eleazar, when he had offered sacrifice and selected the men and made ready many gifts for the king, sent us on our way in great security.

§173 ← §172 §174 →

ὡς δὲ παρεγενήθημεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, προσηγγέλη τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς ἀφίξεως ἡμῶν. {παρειμένοι} δ᾽ εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν Ἀνδρέας τε καὶ ἐγώ, φιλοφρόνως ἠσπασάμεθα τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἀποδεδώκαμεν τὰς παρὰ τοῦ Ἐλεαζάρου.
And when we reached Alexandria, the king was informed of our arrival. On our admission to the court, Andreas and I gave friendly greetings to the king and delivered the letter from Eleazar.

§174 ← §173 §175 →

περὶ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος τοῖς ἀπεσταλμένοις ἀνδράσιν ἐντυχεῖν, ἐκέλευσε τοὺς λοιποὺς πάντας ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν, καλεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
The king was so anxious to meet the delegates that he gave orders to dismiss all the other officials and to summon the men.

§175 ← §174 §176 →

οὗ πᾶσι παραδόξου φανέντος- διὰ τὸ κατὰ ἔθος εἶναι, πεμπταίους εἰς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι βασιλεῖ τοὺς περὶ χρήσιμον ἀφικνουμένους, τοὺς δὲ παρὰ βασιλέων ἢ πόλεων ἐν ὑπεροχαῖς μόλις ἐν τριάκοντα εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν παρίεσθαι- τοὺς δὲ ἥκοντας τιμῆς καταξιῶν μείζονος, καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν κρίνων τοῦ πέμψαντος, ἀπολύσας οὓς ἐνόμιζε περισσούς, ὑπέμενε περιπατῶν, ἕως ἂν παραγινομένους ἀσπάσηται.
This proceeding excited universal surprise, because the custom is that those who come on official business gain access to the king's presence on the fifth day, while envoys from kings or eminent cities with difficulty secure admission to the court in thirty days. But since he considered the new-comers worthy of higher honour, and rightly estimated the eminent position of him who sent them, he dismissed those whom he considered superfluous, and remained walking to and fro, waiting to greet them on their arrival.

§176 ← §175 §177 →

παρελθόντων δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀπεσταλμένοις δώροις καὶ ταῖς διαφόροις διφθέραις, ἐν αἷς ἡ νομοθεσία γεγραμμένη χρυσογραφίᾳ τοῖς Ἰουδαϊκοῖς γράμμασι, θαυμασίως {εἰργασμένου τοῦ ὑμένος}, καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα συμβολῆς ἀνεπαισθήτου κατεσκευασμένης, ὡς εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἐπηρώτα περὶ τῶν βιβλίων.
When they entered with the gifts which had been sent and the (precious) parchments whereon was inscribed the law in gold in the Jewish characters, the material being wonderfully prepared, and the joining of the several leaves being rendered imperceptible, the king, when he saw the men, began to ask concerning the books.

§177 ← §176 §178 →

ὡς δὲ ἀπεκάλυψαν τὰ τῶν ἐνειλημάτων καὶ τοὺς ὑμένας ἀνείλιξαν, πολὺν ἐπιστὰς χρόνον καὶ προσκυνήσας σχεδὸν ἑπτάκις εἶπεν Εὐχαριστοῦ μέν, ἄνδρες, ὑμῖν, τῷ δ᾽ ἀποστείλαντι μᾶλλον, μέγιστον δὲ τῷ θεῷ, οὗτινός ἐστι τὰ λόγια ταῦτα.
And when they had taken the rolls out of their coverings and unrolled the leaves, the king, after pausing for a long while and making obeisance some seven times, said, "I thank you, friends, and him that sent you still more, but most of all do I thank God, Whose oracles these are."

§178 ← §177 §179 →

ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ πάντων εἰπόντων ὑπὸ μίαν φωνήν, τῶν τε παραγεγονόντων καὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων, Εὖ βασιλεῦ, προήχθη δακρῦσαι τῇ χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος. ἡ γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἔντασις καὶ τὸ τῆς τιμῆς ὑπερτεῖνον δακρύειν ἀναγκάζει κατὰ τὰς ἐπιτυχίας.
And when all with one accord and with one voice, both the newcomers and the others who were present, exclaimed, "Well spoken, O king," he was moved to tears out of the fulness of his joy. For the strain upon the highstrung soul and the overwhelming sense of honour where our achievements are successful constrain to tears.

§179 ← §178 §180 →

κελεύσας δὲ εἰς τάξιν ἀποδοῦναι τὰ τεύχη, τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἀσπασάμενος τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπεν Δίκαιον ἦν, θεοσεβεῖς ἄνδρες, ὧν χάριν ὑμᾶς μετεπεμψάμην, ἐκείνοις πρῶτον σεβασμὸν ἀποδοῦναι, μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν δεξιὰν ὑμῖν προτεῖναι· διὸ πεποίηκα τοῦτο πρῶτον.
He bade them put the rolls back in their places, and then at length did he greet the men and say, "It was right, O God-fearing men, first to pay homage to those treasures, for the sake of which I sent for you, and thereafter to extend the right hand to you; for that reason have I done this first.

§180 ← §179 §181 →

μεγάλην δὲ τέθειμαι τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ παραγεγόνατε, καὶ κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐπίσημος ἔσται πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν χρόνον· συντέτυχε γὰρ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν νίκην ἡμῖν προσπεπτωκέναι τῆς πρὸς Ἀντίγονον ναυμαχίας. διὸ καὶ δειπνῆσαι σήμερον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν βουλήσομαι.
I regard this day of your arrival as a great day, and from year to year shall it be held in honour all our long life. Moreover, it happens to be the anniversary of our naval victory over Antigonus. Therefore also it shall be my pleasure to sup with you to-day.

§181 ← §180 §182 →

πάντα {δ᾽ ὑμῖν}, εἶπε, παρέσται καθηκόντως, οἷς συγχρήσησθε, κἀμοὶ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. τῶν δὲ ἀσμενισάντων ἐκέλευσε καταλύματα δοθῆναι τὰ κάλλιστα πλησίον τῆς ἄκρας αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸ συμπόσιον ἑτοιμάζειν.
All things," he added, "shall be duly prepared for you in accordance with your national customs, and for me with you." And when they had expressed their gratitude, he ordered that the best quarters near the citadel should be assigned to them, and the banquet made ready.

§182 ← §181 §183 →

Ὁ δὲ {ἀρχεδέατρος} Νικάνωρ Δωρόθεον προσκαλεσάμενος, ὃς {ἦν} ἐπὶ τούτων ἀποτεταγμένος, ἐκέλευσε τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν εἰς ἕκαστον ἐπιτελεῖν. ἦν γὰρ οὕτω διατεταγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέων, ἃ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁρᾷς· ὅσαι γὰρ πόλεις εἰσίν, {αἳ τοῖς αὐτοῖς} συγχρῶνται πρὸς τὰ ποτὰ καὶ βρωτὰ καὶ στρωμνάς, τοσοῦτοι καὶ προεστῶτες ἦσαν· καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς οὕτως ἐσκευάζετο, ὅταν παραγένοιντο πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἵνα κατὰ μηθὲν δυσχεραίνοντες ἱλαρῶς διεξάγωσιν· ὃ καὶ περὶ τούτους ἐγεγόνει.
So Nicanor, the lord high steward, summoned Dorotheus, who had the charge of guests from this nation, and ordered him to make preparation for everything. For such was the arrangement decreed by the king, and it may still be seen to this day. To every state which has its special usages in matters of drink and meat and in its mode of reclining was there a corresponding official in charge; and then, whenever any person visited the reigning king, preparations were made in accordance with their customs, in order that there might be no discomfort to mar their enjoyment. This practice was followed in the case of these envoys.

§183 ← §182 §184 →

προσεχέστατος γὰρ ὢν ἄνθρωπος ὁ Δωρόθεος εἶχε τὴν τῶν τοιούτων προστασίαν. συνέστρωσε δὲ πάντα τὰ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ χειριζόμενα, πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ὑποδοχὰς διαμεμερισμένα. διμερῆ τε ἐποίησε τὰ τῶν κλισμῶν, καθὼς προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς· τοὺς γὰρ ἡμίσεις ἐκέλευσεν ἀνὰ χεῖρα κατακλῖναι, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κλισίαν, οὐδὲν ἐλλιπὼν εἰς τὸ τιμᾷν τοὺς ἄνδρας.
Dorotheus, the patron of visitors from their nation, was scrupulously attentive. He laid out all the stores for the banquet which were in his keeping and were set apart for receptions of such guests. And he placed the couches in two rows, according to the king's instructions; for he had ordered him to make half of the men recline at his right hand, and the remainder behind his own couch, neglecting no means of showing them honour.

§184 ← §183 §185 →

Ὡς δὲ κατεκλίθησαν, ἐκέλευσε τῷ Δωροθέῳ τοῖς ἐθισμοῖς οἷς χρῶνται πάντες οἱ παραγινόμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὕτως ἐπιτελεῖν. διὸ τοὺς ἱεροκήρυκας καὶ θύτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, οἷς ἔθος ἦν τὰς κατευχὰς ποιεῖσθαι, παρῃτήσατο· τῶν δὲ παραγεγονότων σὺν ἡμῖν Ἐλισσαῖον ὄντα τῶν ἱερῶν πρεσβύτερον ποιήσασθαι κατευχήν, ὃς ἀξιολόγως στὰς εἶπε
When they had taken their places, he bade Dorotheus perform the customary rites of all his visitors from Judaea. So he dispensed with the services of the sacred heralds and ministers of the sacrifices and the others who usually offered the prayers, and requested one of those who had come with us, Elisha, the oldest of the Jewish priests, to offer a prayer. And he arose and spoke these memorable words:

§185 ← §184 §186 →

Πληρώσαι σε, βασιλεῦ, πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὧν ἔκτισεν ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός· καὶ δῴη σοι ταῦτ᾽ ἔχειν καὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ὁμονοοῦσι πάντα ἀνέκλειπτα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον.
"May the Almighty God give thee thy fill, O king, of all the good things which He has created, and may He grant to thee and thy wife and thy children and to them that are of one mind with thee continual enjoyment of them while life shall last!"

§186 ← §185 §187 →

Εἰπόνοτος δὲ ταῦτα τούτου κατερράγη κρότος μετὰ κραυγῆς καὶ χαρᾶς εὐφροσύνου πλείονα χρόνον· καὶ τὸ τηνικαῦτα πρὸς τὸ τέρπεσθαι διὰ τῶν ἡτοιμασμένων ἐτράπησαν, τῶν λειτουργιῶν ἁπασῶν διὰ τῆς τοῦ Δωροθέου συντάξεως ἐπιτελουμένων· ἐν οἷς καὶ βασιλικοὶ παῖδες ἦσαν, καὶ τῶν τιμωμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.
At these words there was a burst of applause with shouting and jubilation lasting for some while; and thereafter they betook themselves to the enjoyment of the banquet which had been prepared. All the attendance at table was undertaken by the staff of Dorotheus, among whom were royal pages and some of those who held places of honour at the king's court.

§187 ← §186 §188 →

Ὅτε δὲ καιρὸν ἔλαβεν ἐκ διαστήματος, ἠρώτησε τὸν ἔχοντα τὴν πρώτην ἀνάκλισιν (ἦσαν γὰρ καθ᾽ ἡλικίαν τὴν ἀνάπτωσιν πεποιημένοι) Πῶς ἂν τὴν βασιλείαν μέχρι τέλους ἄπταιστον ἔχων διατελοῖ;
(1) When, after an interval, an opportunity presented itself, the king asked him who occupied the first place at table (they were arranged according to seniority), how he should preserve his kingdom unimpaired to the last.

§188 ← §187 §189 →

βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν εἶπεν Οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα διευθύνοις, μιμούμενος τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντὸς ἐπιεικές. μακροθυμίᾳ γὰρ χρώμενος, καὶ βλιμάζων τοὺς ἀξίους ἐπιεικέστερον, καθώς εἰσιν ἄξιοι, μετατιθεὶς ἐκ τῆς κακίας καὶ εἰς μετάνοιαν ἄξεις.
He paused for a moment and replied, "Thou wilt maintain it most securely thus-by imitating the never-ceasing gentleness of God. For if thou shewest longsuffering and punishest such as deserve punishment more gently than they deserve, thou wilt turn them from wickedness and lead them to repentance."

§189 ← §188 §190 →

Ἐπαινέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἕκαστα πράττοι; ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη Τὸ δίκαιον εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας διατηροῖ, ἑαυτῷ καλῶς τὰ ἕκαστα πράξει, διαλαμβάνων ὅτι πᾶν ἐννόημα σαφές ἐστι θεῷ· καταρχὴν δὲ θείου φόβου λαμβάνων ἐν οὐδενὶ διαπίπτοις.
(2) The king praised his reply, and asked the next one how he should behave in all his actions. And he replied that if he maintained just dealings with all men, he would act in all things for his best interest, considering that every thought is clear to God. "By taking the fear of God for thy starting-point, thou wilt never be disappointed."

§190 ← §189 §191 →

Καὶ τοῦτον δὲ εὖ μάλα παραδεξάμενος ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν ὁμοίους ἑαυτῷ ἔχοι τοὺς φίλους; κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν Εἰ θεωροίησαν πολλήν σε πρόνοιαν ποιούμενον ὧν ἄρχεις ὄχλων· σὺ δὲ τοῦτο πράξεις ἐπιβλέπων ὡς ὁ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὁ ὑγείαν αὐτοῖς καὶ τροφὴν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ καιρὸν παρασκευάζων ἅπαντα.
(3) To him too he gave his cordial assent, and asked another how he could keep his friends like-minded with himself. And he said, "If they see thee taking great forethought for the multitudes over whom thou rulest; and this thou wilt ·do by observing how God does good to the human race, in that He provides them with health and food and all else in due season."

§191 ← §190 §192 →

Συνεπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτῷ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς καὶ διακρίσεσιν εὐφημίας {τυγχάνοι} καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποτυγχανόντων; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ πᾶσιν ἴσος γένοιο τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ μηδὲν ὑπερηφάνως μηδὲ τῇ περὶ σεαυτὸν ἰσχύι πράσσοις κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων.
(4) He expressed his approval, and asked the next, how when he held his audiences and sat in judgement, he might obtain a good report even from such as failed in their suits. And he said, "If thou art impartial in speech to all alike and never dealest arrogantly nor tyrannically with offenders.

§192 ← §191 §193 →

τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσεις τὴν διάταξιν βλέπων τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ἱκετευόμενα συντελεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀξίοις, τοῖς δὲ ἀποτυγχανόυσιν ἢ δι᾽ ὀνείρων ἢ πράξεων σημαίνεσθαι τὸ βλαβερὸν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας οὐδὲ {κατὰ} τὴν μεγαλωσύνην τῆς ἰσχύος τύπτοντος αὐτούς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιεικείᾳ χρωμένου τοῦ θεοῦ.
And this thou wilt do if thou beholdest the ordering of God's ways. The deserving have their petitions fulfilled, while to such as fail to obtain them the harmful nature of their requests is made known through dreams or events, and God does not smite them according to their sins nor according to the greatness of His might, but uses forbearance."

§193 ← §192 §194 →

Εὖ δὲ καὶ τοῦτον κατεπαινέσας ἠρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς ὢν ἐν ταῖς πολεμικαῖς χρείαις ἀήττητος εἴη; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ μὴ πεποιθὼς ὑπάρχοι τοῖς ὄχλοις μηδὲ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῖτο διὰ πάντων, ἵνα τὰς ἐπιβολὰς αὐτῷ κατευθύνῃ δικαίως διεξάγοντι πάντα.
(5) After highly commending him, he asked his neighbour how he might be invincible in warfare. And he said, "If he did not put his trust in numbers or forces, but always entreated God to give success to his enterprises, while he himself discharged all his duties in a spirit of justice."

§194 ← §193 §195 →

Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φοβερὸς εἴη τοῖς ἐχθροῖς; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τῇ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ δυνάμεων παρασκευῇ πολλῇ χρώμενος {εἰδείη} ταῦτα ὄντα κενὰ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον πρὸς τὸ συμπέρασμα δρᾷ τι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διδοὺς ἀνοχὰς καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος τὸν τῆς δυναστείας φόβον ἐγκατασκευάζει πάσῃ διανοίᾳ.
(6) He approved his reply, and asked the next one how he might inspire terror into his enemies. And he said, "If while maintaining an abundant supply of arms and forces he recognized that these were powerless to produce any lasting and conclusive result; for God also, by granting reprieves and making but a display of his sovereignty, instils terror into every breast."

§195 ← §194 §196 →

Καὶ τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον Τί κάλλιστον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἂν εἴη; κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Τὸ γινώσκειν ὅτι θεὸς δυναστεύει τῶν ἁπάντων, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν καλλίστων πράσεων οὐκ αὐτοὶ κατευθύνομεν τὰ βουλευθέντα· θεὸς δὲ τελειοῖ τὰ πάντων καὶ καθηγεῖται δυναστεύων.
(7) He praised him, and inquired of the next what would be the highest good for his life. And he replied, "To recognize that God is Lord of the Universe, and that in our noblest achievements it is not we ourselves who successfully accomplish our intentions, but God in his sovereignty brings to fulfilment and guides the actions of us all."

§196 ← §195 §197 →

Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἀκέραια συντηρήσας ἅπαντα τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τὴν αὐτὴν παραδιδοῖ διάθεσιν ἐπὶ τέλει; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐχόμενος ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγαθὰς ἐπινοίας λαμβάνειν πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα πράσσεσθαι, καὶ τοῖς ἐγγόνοις παρακελευόμενος μὴ ἐκπλήττεσθαι τῇ δόξῃ μηδὲ τῷ πλούτῴ θεὸν γὰρ εἶναι τὸν χαριζόμενον ταῦτα, καὶ οὐ δι᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἔχει τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἁπάντων.
(8) He admitted the wisdom of his words, and asked the next one how he could preserve all his possessions unimpaired, and finally transmit them to his descendants in the same condition. And he said, "By continual prayer to God that thou mayest be inspired with good thoughts in thy undertakings, and by warning thy descendants not to be dazzled by fame or wealth, since it is God who bestows these gifts, and it is not on their own account that they have pre-eminence over all."

§197 ← §196 §198 →

Ἐπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς ἂ τὰ συμβαίνοντα μετρίως φέροι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ πρόληψιν λαμβάνοις, ὅτι γέγοναν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετασχεῖν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα τούτων ἀμιγῆ γενέσθαι· ὁ θεὸς δὲ τὴν εὐψυχίαν δίδωσιν, ὃν ἱκετεύειν ἀναγκαῖον.
(9) He expressed his agreement with this answer, and inquired of him who followed how he should bear with equanimity whatever befell. And he replied, "By taking thought that all men are fashioned by God to partake of the greatest evils, as well as the greatest blessings, and it is not possible for any human being to have no part in them. But God gives a good courage, and we must beseech Him/or the same."

§198 ← §197 §199 →

Φιλοφρονηθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς εἶπεν ἅπαντας ἀποφαίνεσθαι· ἐπερωτήσας δὲ ἔτι ἕνα καταλήξω τὸ νῦν ἔχον, ἵνα καὶ πρὸς τὸ τέρπεσθαι τραπέντες ἡδέως διεξάγωμεν. ἐν δὲ ταῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ἓξ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις καὶ παρὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἑξῆς μαθήσομαί τι πλέον.
The king warmly commended him and said that all their answers had been good." I will put a question to yet one more," he added, "and then I will cease for the present, in order that we may turn our thoughts to the enjoyment of the feast and make merry. And in the following six days I will gain further enlightenment from each in turn of those who remain."

§199 ← §198 §200 →

εἶτ᾽ ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἄνδρα Τί πέρας ἀνδρείας ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τὸ βουλευθὲν ὀρθῶς ἐν ταῖς τῶν κινδύνων πράξεσιν ἐπιτελοῖτο κατὰ πρόθεσιν. τελειοῦται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα σοι καλῶς βουλευομένῳ, βασιλεῦ, συμφερόντως.
(10) Thereupon he asked the man, "What is the true aim of courage?" And he said, "To carry out right counsels in the hour of danger in accordance with one's purpose. But thy counsels, O king, are good and are all fulfilled by God to thy profit."

§200 ← §199 §201 →

Ἐπιφωνησάντων δὲ πάντων καὶ κρότῳ σημηναμένων πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσόφους εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς (οὐκ ὀλίγοι γὰρ παρῆσαν τούτοις) Οἴομαι διαφέρειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀρετῇ καὶ συνιέναι πλεῖον, οἵτινες ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τοιαύτας ἐρωτήσεις λαμβάνοντες, ὡς δέον ἐστὶν ἀποκέκρινται, πάντες ἀπὸ θεοῦ τοῦ λόγου τὴν καταρχὴν ποιούμενοι.
And when they had all signified their assent with loud applause, the king said to the philosophers, of whom not a few were present, "I think that the virtue of these men is extraordinary and their wisdom profound, seeing that, with such questions propounded to them, they have on the spur of the moment given suitable replies, and have all made God the starting-point of their words."

§201 ← §200 §202 →

Μενέδημος δὲ ὁ Ἐρετριεὺς φιλόσοφος εἶπε Ναί, βασιλεῦ· προνοίᾳ γὰρ τῶν ὅλων διοικουμένων, καὶ ὑπειληφότων ὀρθῶς τοῦτο, ὅτι θεόκτιστόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ἀκολουθεῖ πᾶσαν δυναστείαν καὶ λόγου καλλονὴν ἀπὸ θεοῦ κατάρχεσθαι.
And Menedemus, the philosopher of Eretria, said, "True, O king; for, since the universe is ruled by providence and these men are right in holding that man is a creature of God, it follows that all power and beauty of speech proceed from God."

§202 ← §201 §203 →

τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπινεύσαντος τὰ περὶ τούτων ἔληξεν, ἐτράπησαν δὲ πρὸς εὐφροσύνην. ἐπιλαβούσης δὲ τῆς ἑσπέρας τὸ συμπόσιον ἐλύθη.
The king assented thereto, and speeches ceased, and they gave themselves up to festivity. And when evening drew in, the party broke up.

§203 ← §202 §204 →

Τῇ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν διάταξιν τὰ τῆς ἀναπτώσεως καὶ συμποσίας ἐπετελεῖτο. καθὸ δὲ ἐνόμιζεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εὔκαιρον εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἐπηρώτα τοὺς ἑξῆς τῶν ἀποκεκριμένων τῇ προτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ.
On the following day the guests again took their places and the banquet proceeded in the same order. When the king thought that the time had come to put inquiries to his guests, he proceeded to question those who were placed next to the men who had given answers on the previous day.

§204 ← §203 §205 →

πρὸς τὸν ἑνδέκατον δὲ ἤρξατο τὴν κοινολογίαν ποιεῖσθαι· δέκα γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ ἠρωτημένοι τῇ προτέρᾳ. σιγῆς δὲ γενομένης ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς ἂν πλούσιος διαμένοι;
(11) He opened conversation with the eleventh (ten having been questioned on the previous day), and when silence was established, inquired how he could continue to be rich.

§205 ← §204 §206 →

βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν ὁ τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἐκδεχόμενος εἶπεν Εἰ μηδὲν ἀνάξιον τῆς ἀχῆς μηδὲ ἀσελγὲς πράσσοι, μηδὲ δαπάνῃ εἰς τὰ κενὰ καὶ μάταια συντελοῖ, τοὺς {δὲ} ὑποτεταγμένους εὐεργεσίᾳ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἄγοι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πᾶσιν αἴτιος ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν, ᾧ κατακολουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖον.
The man to whom the question was addressed paused for a moment and replied, "If he did nothing unworthy of his rulership, never acted licentiously, never expended money on empty and vain things, but by acts of beneficence drew his subjects to wish him well; for God is the author of good things to all men, and man must needs follow His guidance."

§206 ← §205 §207 →

Ἐπαινέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦτον ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν τὴν ἀλήθειαν διατηροῖ; ὁ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπεκρίθη Γινώσκων ὅτι μεγάλην αἰσχύνην ἐπιφέρει τὸ ψεῦδος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν· ἐξουσίαν γὰρ ἔχοντες ὃ βούλονται πράσσειν, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἂν ψεύσαιντο; προσλαμβάνειν δὲ δεῖ τοῦτό σε, βασιλεῦ, διότι φιλαλήθης ὁ θεός ἐστιν.
(12) The king commended him, and asked of another how he should adhere to the truth. To this he replied, "By recognizing that lying brings great disgrace upon all men, but chiefly upon kings. For as they have power to do what they will, what object have they for falsehood? And thou must further take to heart, O king, that God is a lover of the truth."

§207 ← §206 §208 →

Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ εὖ μάλα καὶ τοῦτον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπεν Τί ἐστι σοφίας διδαχή; ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἀπεφήνατο Καθὼς οὐ βούλει σεαυτῷ τὰ κακὰ παρεῖναι, μέτοχος δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπάρχειν ἁπάντων, εἰ πράσσοις τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους καὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, εἰ τοὺς καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιεικέστερον νουθετοῖς· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἅπαντας ἐπιεικείᾳ ἄγει.
(13) He gave this reply his hearty approval, and looking upon another said, "What is the teaching of wisdom?" And the next one replied, "As thou desirest that evils should not befall thee, but to partake of all that is good, thou shouldst act in this spirit to thy subjects and to offenders, and shouldst very gently admonish such as are virtuous; for God draws all men to Him by gentleness."

§208 ← §207 §209 →

Ἐπαινέσας αὐτὸν τῷ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν εἶπε Πῶς ἂν φιλάνθρωπος εἴη; κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Θεωρῶν ὡς ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ καὶ κακοπαθείαις μεγίσταις αὔξει τε καὶ γεννᾶται τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος· ὅθεν οὔτε εὐκόπως δεῖ κολάζειν, οὔτε αἰκίαις περιβάλλειν· γινώσκων ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζῇν ἐν ὀδύναις τε καὶ τιμωρίαις καθέστηκεν. ἐπινοῶν οὖν ἕκαστα πρὸς τὸν ἔλεον τραπήσᾐ καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήμων ἐστιν.
(14) He commended him, and asked of his neighbour how he might be humane. And he said, "By observing after how long a time and through what great sufferings the human race comes to maturity, aye and to the birth. Thou must not therefore on slight provocation punish or subject men to injuries, recognizing that human life consists of pains and penalties. Thou wilt then, taking all into consideration, be disposed to mercy; for God also is merciful."

§209 ← §208 §210 →

Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς Τίς ἀναγκαιότατος τρόπος βασιλείας; Τὸ συντηρεῖν, εἶπεν, αὑτὸν ἀδωροδόκητον, καὶ νήφειν τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ βίου, καὶ δικαιοσύνην προτιμᾷν καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φιλοποιεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς φιλοδίκαιός ἐστιν.
(15) With a word of approval to him he inquired of the next in order, "What is the most essential quality for a ruler?" "To keep oneself incorruptible," he replied; "to be sober for the greater part of one's life, to honour righteousness above all things, and to make friends of men of this character; for God also is a lover of righteousness."

§210 ← §209 §211 →

Ἐπισημήνας καὶ τοῦτον πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τί τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐστὶ κατάστημα; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ διαλαμβάνειν ὅτι πάντα διὰ παντὸς ὁ θεὸς ἐνεργεῖ καὶ γινώσκει, καὶ οὐθὲν ἂν λάθοι ἄδικον ποιήσας ἢ κακὸν ἐργασάμενος ἄνθρωπος· ὡς γὰρ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον, οὕτως καὶ σὺ μιμούμενος ἀπρόσκοπος ἂν εἴης.
(16) He applauded him, and said to the next, "Wherein does piety consist?" And he said, "In the belief that God is working in and has knowledge of all things at all times, and that no unrighteous deed or evil action of man can escape his eye; for as God is the benefactor of the whole world, so wouldst thou, by imitating him, be void of offence."

§211 ← §210 §212 →

Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ τούτῳ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς ὄρος τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸ καλῶς ἄρχειν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῷ πλούτῳ καὶ τῇ δόξῃ φερόμενον ὑπερήφανον καὶ ἄσχημόν τι ἐπιθυμῆσαι, εἰ καλῶς λογίζοιο. πάντα γάρ σοι πάρεστιν ὡς οὐδέν. ὁ θεὸς δὲ ἀπροσδεής ἐστι καὶ ἐπιεικής. καὶ σὺ καθόσον ἄνθρωπος ἐννόει, καὶ μὴ πολλῶν ὀρέγου, τῶν δὲ ἱκανῶν πρὸς τὸ βασιλεύειν.
(17) He signified his assent, and said to the next, "What is the true aim of kingship?" And he said, "To govern oneself aright, and not to be carried away by wealth and fame into extravagant and unseemly desires... if thou wouldst reason aright. For thou hast all things at command which are needful; but God has need of nothing and is gentle withal. Let thy thoughts be such as become a man, and reach not after many things, but such only as suffice for thy kingly office."

§212 ← §211 §213 →

Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτόν, ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν τὰ κάλλιστα διαλογίζοιτο; ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ἐκεῖνος Εἰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπὶ παντὸς προβάλλοι συνεχῶς, καὶ νομίζοι τὴν ἀδικίαν τοῦ ζῇν στέρησιν εἶναι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διὰ παντὸς τοῖς δικαίοις ἀγαθὰ προσημαίνει μέγιστα.
(18) He commended him and asked the next one how his deliberations might be for the best. And he replied, "If in everything he continually set justice before him and considered injustice to be equivalent to deprivation of life; for God also always promises the greatest blessings to the just."

§213 ← §212 §214 →

Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἀτάραχος εἴη; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Δυσαπολόγητον ἠρώτηκας πρᾶγμα. συναναφέρειν γὰρ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον ἑαυτούς, ἀλλὰ περιεχόμεθα ἀλογίστῳ κατὰ {τάδε} αἰσθήσει.
(19) He praised him, and inquired of the next in order how he might be free from disturbing thoughts in sleep. And he said, "Thy question is hard to answer. For in sleep we cannot bring our true selves into play, but are then at the mercy of sensations in which reason has no part.

§214 ← §213 §215 →

πάσχομεν γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑποπίπτουσιν ὡς θεωρουμένους· ἀλογιστοῦμεν δέ, καθόσον ὑπολαμβάνομεν καὶ ἐπὶ πέλαγος καὶ ἐν πλοίοις ἢ πολεῖν, ἢ πέτασθαι φερομένους καὶ διαίρειν εἰς ἑτέρους τόπους, καὶ τοιαῦτα ἕτερα, καὶ ὁ ταῦθ᾽ ὑπολαμβάνων μὴ καθεστάναι.
For we have an impression on our minds that we see the things which pass before us, but we are unreasonable if we think that we are indeed on shipboard and ranging over the sea, or flying through the air and passing to other climes, and doing other such things, which we then suppose to be really taking place.

§215 ← §214 §216 →

πλὴν ὅσον ἔμοιγε ἐφικτόν, οὕτω διείληφα· κατὰ πάντα τρόπον σέ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ τὰ πραττόμενα πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐπανάγειν, οὕτως {ἑαυτῷ} συνιστορῇς, ὅτι τὸ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν συντηρῶν οὔτε χαρίζεσθαι προαιρῇ παρὰ λόγον, οὐδὲ ἐξουσίᾳ χρώμενος τὸ δίκαιον αἴρεις.
Howbeit, my conclusion, so far as I have reached one, is this. Thou shouldest by every means, O king, take piety as the governing motive of thy words and actions, that so thou mayest have the consciousness, while following the path of virtue, of never doing a favour in defiance of reason nor setting justice aside by an abuse of thy power.

§216 ← §215 §217 →

ἐπὶ πλεῖον γάρ, ἐν οἷς ἕκαστος πράγμασιν ἐγρηγορὼς τὴν διαγωγὴν ποιεῖται, καὶ καθ᾽ ὕπνον ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἡ διάνοια τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ἔχει, ὡς δὲ πάντα διαλογισμὸν καὶ πρᾶξιν ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τρεπομένην κατευθύνει καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ. διὸ καὶ περὶ σὲ διὰ παντός ἐστιν εὐστάθεια.
For, as a rule, the mind is occupied in sleep with the same things in which its waking hours are spent; but every thought and action which is set towards the noblest ends is directed by God both in waking hours and in sleep. And therefore art thou always encompassed with tranquillity."

§217 ← §216 §218 →

Κατευφημήσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Ἐπεὶ σὺ δέκατος τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ὡς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖπνον τραπησόμεθα.
(20) Him too he extolled, and said to the next one, "As thou art the tenth to answer, when thy reply has been given, we will betake ourselves to the banquet."

§218 ← §217 §219 →

ἠρώτα δέ Πῶς ἂν μηδὲν ἀνάξιον ἑαυτῶν πράσσοιμεν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἐπίβλεπε διὰ παντὸς εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, ἵνα τούτοις ἀκόλουθα καὶ λέγῃς καὶ διανοῇ, γινώσκων ὅτι πάντες ὧν ἄρχεις περὶ σοῦ καὶ διανοοῦνται καὶ λαλοῦσιν.
Then he asked, "How can we avoid doing anything unworthy of ourselves?" And he said, "Look ever to thy fame and eminence, in order that thy words and thoughts may be in keeping therewith, knowing that all thy subjects think and talk about thee.

§219 ← §218 §220 →

οὐ γὰρ ἐλάχιστόν σε δεῖ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν φαίνεσθαι· τὸ γὰρ πρόσωπον, {ὃ δέον αὐτοῖς} ἐστιν ὑποκρίνεσθαι, τοῦτο συνθεωροῦντες ἀκόλουθα πάντα πράσσουσι· σὺ δὲ οὐχ ὑπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ἀλλ᾽ ἀληθῶς βασιλεύεις, θεοῦ δόντος σοι καταξίως τῶν τρόπων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν.
For thou must not appear to be worse than the actors, for they look to the part which they must assume and suit all their actions thereto; but thou art not acting a part, but art king indeed, God having given thee the governorship which thy character merits."

§220 ← §219 §221 →

Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως εὖ μάλα συγκροτήσαντος μετὰ φιλοφροσύνης ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καθυπνοῦν παρεκάλουν. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς τούτους ὡς ἔληξεν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἑξῆς ἐτράπησαν τῆς συμποσίας διάταξιν.
When the king had graciously applauded loud and long, the guests were urged to take some rest. And when the turn of these men was ended, they betook themselves to the next service in the order of the banquet.

§221 ← §220 §222 →

Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ, τῆς αὐτῆς διατάξεως γενηθείσης, ὅτε καιρὸν ὑπελάμβανεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶναι τοῦ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἠρώτα τὸν πρῶτον τῶν ἀπολιπόντων πρὸς τὴν ἑξῆς ἐρώτησιν Τίς ἐστιν ἀρχὴ κρατίστη;
(21) On the following day the same order was observed, and when the king thought that the time was come to put inquiries to the men, he asked the first of those who yet remained to be questioned, "What is the highest form of government?"

§222 ← §221 §223 →

ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ κρατεῖν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μὴ συγκαταφέρεσθαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς. πᾶσι γὰρ ἀνθρώποις φυσικὸν εἶναι τὸ πρός τι τὴν διάνοιαν ῥέπειν·
And he replied, "To be master of oneself and not to be carried away by one's impulses. For all men's minds have some innate proclivity;

§223 ← §222 §224 →

τοῖς μὲν οἶν πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ βρωτὰ καὶ ποτὰ καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εἰκός ἐστι κεκλίσθαι, τοῖς δὲ βασιλεῦσιν ἐπὶ χώρας κατάκτησιν, κατὰ τὸ τῆς δόξης μέγεθος· πλὴν ἐν πᾶσι μετριότης καλόν. ἃ δὲ ὁ θεὸς δίδωσι, ταῦτα λαμβάνων σύνεχε· τῶν δ᾽ ἀνεφίκτων μὴ ἐπιθύμει.
probably most men are inclined to eating and drinking and pleasure, while kings are bent on the acquisition of territory and great renown. But moderation in all things is good. Take what God gives and keep it, but desire not what is beyond thy reach."

§224 ← §223 §225 →

Τοῖς δὲ ῥηθεῖσιν ἀρεσθεὶς πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς εἴη φθόνου; διαλιπὼν δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἔφη Πρῶτον εἰ νοήσαι, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς πᾶσι μερίζει δόξαν τε καὶ πλούτου μέγεθος τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς· πάντες γὰρ θέλουσι μετασχεῖν ταύτης τῆς δόξης, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δύνανται· θεοῦ γάρ ἐστι δόμα.
(22) Pleased with his words, the king asked his neighbour how he might be free from envy. And he, after a pause, said, "Chiefly by considering how it is God who apportions to all kings their glory and great wealth, and that no one by his own power is king; for all men desire to partake of this glory, but they cannot, since it is a gift of God."

§225 ← §224 §226 →

Ἐπαινέσας δὲ τὸν ἄνδρα διὰ πλειόνων ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν καταφρονοίη τῶν ἐχθρῶν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἠσκηκὼς πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὔνοιαν καὶ κατεργασάμενος φιλίας, λόγον οὐθενὸς ἂν ἔχοις· τὸ δὲ κεχαριτῶσθαι πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ καλὸν δῶρον εἰληφέναι παρὰ θεοῦ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι κράτιστον.
(23) He commended the speaker at some length, and asked the next one how he should despise his foes. And he replied, "If thou hast studiously practised -goodwill towards all men and formed friendships, thou needest fear no man. But to be in high favour with all men is the very best of good gifts to receive from God."

§226 ← §225 §227 →

Συναινέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἑξῆς ἐκέλευσεν ἀποκριθῆναι, πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰπών Πῶς ἂν δοξαζόμενος διαμένοι; εἶπε δὲ Τῇ προθυμίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χάρισι πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους μεταδοτικὸς ὢν καὶ μεγαλομερὴς οὐδέποτ᾽ ἂν ἀπολίποι δόξης· ἵνα δὲ τὰ προειρημένα σοι διαμένῃ, τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦ διὰ παντός.
(24) He commended his words, and bade the next one reply to the question, how he might retain his renown. And he said, "If with lovingkindness and gracious acts thou art liberal and bountiful to others, thou wilt never have lack of renown; but that the aforesaid graces may continue thine, thou must constantly call upon God."

§227 ← §226 §228 →

Εὐφημήσας δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς τινα δεῖ φιλότιμον εἶναι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Πρὸς τοὺς φιλικῶς ἔχοντας ἡμῖν οἴονται πάντες ὅτι πρὸς τούτους δέον· ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὑπολαμβάνω, πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιδοξοῦντας φιλοτιμίαν δεῖν χαριστικὴν ἔχειν, ἵνα τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ μετάγωμεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ καθῆκον καὶ συμφέρον ἑαυτοῖς. δεῖ δὲ τὸν θεὸν λιτανεύειν, ἵνα ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιτελῆται· τὰς γὰρ ἁπάντων διανοίας κρατεῖ.
(25) He belauded him, and asked another, "With whom should we vie in generosity?" And he replied, "All men think that we should be liberal to those who are well disposed to us, but I am of opinion that a keen and open-handed generosity is due to those who dissent from us, that by these means we may win them over to what is right and to their own interest. But one must entreat God that this end may be attained, since He rules the minds of all men."

§228 ← §227 §229 →

Συνομολογήσας δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἕκτον ἐκέλευσεν ἀποφήνασθαι πυνθανόμενος Τίσι δεῖ χαρίζεσθαι; ἐκεῖνος δ᾽ ἀπεκρίθη Γονεῦσι διὰ παντός, καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πεποίηται ἐντολὴν μεγίστην περὶ τῆς τῶν γονέων τιμῆς. ἑπομένως δὲ τὴν τῶν φίλων ἐγκρίνει διάθεσιν, προσονομάσας ἴσον τῇ ψυχῇ τὸν φίλον. σὺ δὲ καλῶς ποιεῖς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς φιλίαν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καθιστῶν.
(26) He assented thereto, and bade the sixth man reply to the inquiry, "To whom should favour be shewn?" And he replied, "To parents at all times, since God has given a very great commandment concerning the honour due to parents. And in the second place He sets the attitude of friend towards friend, calling a friend 'the equal of a man's own soul.' But thou dost well in making all men thy friends."

§229 ← §228 §230 →

Παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο καὶ τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί καλλονῆς ἄξιόν ἐστιν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐσέβεια. καὶ γὰρ αὕτη καλλονή τίς ἐστι πρωτεύουσα. τὸ δὲ δυνατὸν αὐτῆς ἐστιν ἀγάπη· αὕτη γὰρ θεοῦ δόσις ἐστιν· ἣν καὶ σὺ κέκτησαι πάντα περιέχων ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ ἀγαθά.
(27) He spoke kindly to him, and inquired of the following one, "What is of like value with beauty?" And he said, "Piety, for this is a beauty of the first quality; and its power is love, which is God's gift. And this dost thou possess, and hast in it all blessings comprised."

§230 ← §229 §231 →

Λίαν δὲ φιλοφρόνως ἐπικροτήσας εἶπε πρὸς ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν πταίσας πάλιν τῆς αὐτῆς κρατήσαι δόξης; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Σὲ μὲν οὐ δυνατόν ἐστι πταῖσαι, πᾶσι γὰρ χάριτας ἔσπαρκας, αἳ βλαστάνουσιν εὔνοιαν, ἣ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ὅπλων κατισχύουσα περιλαμβάνει τὴν μεγίστην ἀσφάλειαν·
(28) He applauded his answer very warmly, and asked of the next how, after a failure, he should regain the esteem which he enjoyed before.

§231 ← §230 §232 →

εἰ δέ τινες πταίουσιν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς πταίουσιν, οὐκέτι χρὴ ταῦτα πράσσειν, ἀλλὰ φιλίαν κατακτησαμένους δικαιοπραγεῖν. θεοῦ δὲ δῶρον ἀγαθῶν ἐργάτην εἶναι καὶ μὴ τῶν ἐναντίων.
And he replied, "Failure for thee is impossible, as thou hast sown the seeds of gratitude in all men, and these produce a crop of goodwill, which is mightier than the strongest armour and affords the greatest protection. But should any fail, they should no longer do those things which occasion their failure, but form friendships and act righteously. But to be a doer of good deeds and not of the contrary is a gift of God."

§232 ← §231 §233 →

Συναρεσθεὶς δὲ τούτοις πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς γένοιτο λύπης; ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ μηδένα βλάπτοι, πάντες δὲ ὠφελοῖ, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ κατακολουθῶν· τοὺς γὰρ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς καρποὺς ἀλυπίαν κατασκευάζειν.
(29) Well pleased with this answer, he asked of the next one how he might be free from grief. And he replied, "By injuring no one, doing good to all, and following after righteousness, since its fruits produce freedom from grief.

§233 ← §232 §234 →

ἱκετεύειν δὲ τὸν θεόν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ παρὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἡμῶν ἀνακύπτοντα βλάπτῃ, λέγω δὴ οἷον θάνατοί τε καὶ νόσοι καὶ λῦπαι καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα. {αὐτῷ} δὲ σοὶ εὐσεβεῖ καθεστῶτι τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν προσέλθοι.
But supplication must be made to God, that unforeseen accidents may not surprise and injure us, I mean such as deaths, diseases, pains and the like. But, as thou art pious, no such misfortune will surely hefall thee."

§234 ← §233 §235 →

Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν δέκατον ἠρώτα Τί μέγιστόν ἐστι δόξης; ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ τιμᾷν τὸν θεόν· τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐστὶν οὐ δώροις οὐδὲ θυσίαις, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καθαρότητι καὶ διαλήψεως ὁσίας, καθὼς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα κατασκευάζεται καὶ διοικεῖται κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ βούλησιν· ἣν καὶ σὺ διατελεῖς ἔχων γνώμην, ᾗ πάρεστι σημειοῦσθαι πᾶσιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ συντετελεσμένων καὶ συντελουμένων.
(30) He commended him highly, and asked the tenth man, "What is the highest form of glory?" And he said, "To honour God, and that not with gifts or sacrifices, but with purity of soul and devout conviction that all things are fashioned and directed by God in accordance with His will. And this is thy abiding belief, as all men may see from thy actions in the past and in the present."

§235 ← §234 §236 →

Μετὰ μείζονος δὲ φωνῆς πάντας αὐτοὺς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἠσπάζετο καὶ παρεκάλει, συνεπιφωνούντων τῶν παρόντων, μάλιστα δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων. καὶ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγωγαῖς καὶ τῷ λόγῳ πολὺ προέχοντες αὐτῶν ἦσαν, ὡς ἂν ἀπὸ θεοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν ποιούμενοι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι προῆλθε διὰ τῶν προπόσεων.
Thereupon the king with a loud voice greeted them all and spoke kindly to them, the other guests, especially the philosophers, joining in the applause. For these men in their conduct and speech far outran the philosophers, in that they took God for their starting-point. And after this the king proceeded to shew his kindly feelings by drinking the health of his guests.

§236 ← §235 §237 →

Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῆς διατάξεως τοῦ συμποσίου γενομένης, καθὼς εὔκαιρον ἐγένετο τῷ βασιλεῖ, τοὺς ἑξῆς ἐρώτα τῶν προαποκεκριμένων, εἶπε δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ Τὸ φρονεῖν εἰ διδακτόν ἐστιν; ὃς δ᾽ εἶπε Ψυχῆς ἐστιν κατασκευὴ διὰ θείας δυνάμεως ἐπιδέχεσθαι πᾶν τὸ καλόν, ἀποστρέφεσθαι δὲ τἀναντία.
(31) On the following day the order of the banquet was as before, and when the king's opportunity came, he began to question the men who sat next to those who had already responded. Of the first he asked, "Can wisdom be taught?" And he replied, "The soul is so constituted that it can by divine power accept all that is good and reject what is contrary thereto."

§237 ← §236 §238 →

Συνομολογήσας δὲ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Τί πρὸς ὑγείαν μάλιστα συντείνει; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Σωφροσύνη· ταύτης δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τυχεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς κατασκευάσῃ τὴν διάνοιαν εἰς τοῦτο.
(32) He expressed his assent, and inquired of the next one, "What contributes most to health?" And he said, "Temperance. But this cannot be attained unless God dispose the mind thereto."

§238 ← §237 §239 →

Παρακαλέσας δὲ τοῦτον πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον ἔφη Πῶς ἂν γονεῦσι τὰς ἀξίας ἀποδῴη χάριτας; ὃς δὲ εἶπε Μηδὲν αὐτοὺς λυπήσας· τοῦτο δ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν, εἰ μὴ θεὸς τῆς διανοίας ἡγεμὼν γένοιτο πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα.
(33) He gave him a kindly word, and asked of the next how one should pay his debt of gratitude to his parents. And he replied, "By giving them no pain; but this is impossible unless God becomes the mind's guide towards all that is best."

§239 ← §238 §240 →

Προσεπινεύσας δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλήκοος εἴη; ἐκεῖνος δὲ εἶπε Διαλαμβάνων ὅτι πάντα συμφέρει γινώσκειν, ὅπως ἂν πρὸς τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐκλεγόμενός τι τῶν ἠκροαμένων ἀνθυποτιθεὶς πρὸς τὰ τῶν καιρῶν ἂν ἀντιπράσσηται, σὺν χειραγωγίᾳ θεοῦ· τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐστίν, αἱ τῶν πράξεων τελειώσεις ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
(34) To him also he gave his assent, and inquired of the next in order how he should become an eager listener. And he replied, "By remembering that all knowledge is profitable, since it enables thee on an emergency to select and apply some one of the things which thou hast heard and to confront the crisis, with the aid of God's guiding hand; for the fulfilment of men's actions rests with Him."

§240 ← §239 §241 →

Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν μηθὲν παράνομον πράσσοι; πρὸς τοῦτο ἔφησε Γινώσκων ὅτι τὰς ἐπινοίας ὁ θεὸς ἔδωκε τοῖς νομοθετήσασι πρὸς τὸ σώζεσθαι τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀκόλουθος εἴης ἂν αὐτοῖς.
(35) He commended him, and inquired of the next how he should avoid any action contrary to law. He replied thereto, "If thou wilt recognize that it is God who put the thoughts into the hearts of the lawgivers to the end that men's lives might be preserved, thou wilt become a follower of them."

§241 ← §240 §242 →

Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς ὠφέλεια συγγενείας ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Ἐὰν τοῖς συμβαίνουσι νομίζωμεν ἀτυχοῦσιν μὲν ἐλαττοῦσθαι, καὶ κακοπαθῶμεν ὡς αὐτοί, φαίνεται τὸ συγγενὲς ὅσον ἰσχῦόν ἐστι-
(36) He approved his reply, and said to another, "What advantage does kinship bring?" And he replied, "The strength of kinship is apparent if we consider that we are the losers by the misfortunes which befall our kin and we make their sufferings our own.

§242 ← §241 §243 →

τελουμένων δὲ τούτων καὶ δόξα καὶ προκοπὴ παρὰ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὑπάρξει· τὸ γὰρ συνεργὲς εὐνόως γινόμενον ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἀδιάλυτον πρὸς ἅπαντα- μετὰ δὲ εὐημερίας, μηδὲν προσδεῖσθαι τῶν ἐκεῖνων· ἀλλὰ δέον {θεὸν} ἱκετεύειν, πάντα ἀγαθοποιεῖν.
By such conduct we shall win their esteem and a higher place in their regard; for an active and kindly sympathy forms of itself an indissoluble bond in all circumstances. But in the day of their prosperity we should crave nothing of theirs but entreat God to give them every blessing."

§243 ← §242 §244 →

Ὡσαύτως δὲ ἐκεῖνοις ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτὸν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἀφοβία γίνεται; εἶπε δέ Συνιστορούσης τῆς διανοίας μηδὲν κακὸν πεπραχέναι, θεοῦ κατευθύνοντος εἰς τὸ καλῶς ἅπαντα βουλεύεσθαι.
(37) He accorded a like approval to him as to the others, and asked another man, "How is fearlessness attained?" And he said, "When the mind is conscious of no wrong-doing, and God directs it so that all its counsels are good."

§244 ← §243 §245 →

Τούτῳ δὲ ἐπιφωνήσας πρὸς ἄλλον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν προχείρως ἔχοι τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀτυχήματα διὰ παντὸς ἐπιβλέποι· γινώσκων ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀφαιρεῖται τὰς εὐημερίας, ἑτέρους δὲ δοξάζων εἰς τὸ τιμᾶσθαι προάγει.
(38) With a word of assent to him, he inquired of another how he might have a right judgement always at command. He replied, "If he constantly kept the misfortµnes of men before his eyes and marked how God takes away prosperity and advances others to glory and honour."

§245 ← §244 §246 →

Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν ἑξῆς ἀποκριθῆναι παρεκάλει Πῶς ἂν μὴ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν, μηδὲ ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς τρέποιτο; ὁ δὲ Προχείρως ἔχων, εἶπεν, ὅτι μεγάλης βασιλείας κατάρχει καὶ πολλῶν ὄχλων ἀφηγεῖται, καὶ οὐ δεῖ περὶ ἕτερόν τι τὴν διάνοιαν εἶναι, τῆς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελείας φροντίζειν· θεὸν δὲ ἀξιοῦν, ὅπως μηθὲν ἐλλίπῃ τῶν καθηκόντων.
(39) He gave him his hearty approval, and requested his neighbour for a reply to the question, how he might avoid a life of ease and pleasure. He replied, "By bearing always in mind that he was ruler of a great kingdom and governor of vast muititudes, and that his mind must. not be occupied with anything else, but devote its attention to their welfare. But he must ask God that none of his duties might be neglected."

§246 ← §245 §247 →

Ἐπαινέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν δέκατον {ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἐπιγινώσκοι} τοὺς δόλῳ τινὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν πράσσοντας; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο πρὸς τοῦτο Εἰ παρατηροῖτο τὴν ἀγωγὴν ἐλευθέριον οὖσαν, καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν διαμένουσαν ἐν τοῖς ἀσπασμοῖς καὶ συμβουλίαις καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ συναναστροφῇ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ μηθὲν ὑπερτείνοντας τοῦ δέοντος ἐν ταῖς φιλοφρονήσεσι καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀγωγήν.
(40) Him too he commended, and asked the tenth man how he might detect persons who were dealing treacherously with him. To this he replied, "By observing whether the bearing of those about his person was frank, and whether an orderly conduct was preserved at receptions and councils and in general intercourse, and by seeing that the bounds of propriety were in no way exceeded in congratulations and in their whole behaviour.

§247 ← §246 §248 →

θεὸς δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν {ἄξει} σοι, βασιλεῦ, πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα. Συγκροτήσας πάντας τ᾽ ἐπαινέσας κατ᾽ ὄνομα, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ταὐτὰ ποιούντων, ἐπὶ τὸ μέλπειν ἐτράπησαν.
But God will guide thy mind, O king, to what is best." The king applauded and praised them all, addressing each one by name, the other guests doing likewise, and they began to make merry.

§248 ← §247 §249 →

Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ τὸν καιρὸν λαβὼν ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Τίς ἐστιν ἀμέλεια μεγίστη; πρὸς τοῦτ᾽ ἔφη Εἰ τέκνων ἄφροντίς τις εἴη, καὶ μὴ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀγαγεῖν {σπεύδοι}· εὐχόμεθα γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, οὐχ οὕτως περὶ ἑαυτῶν ὡς περὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων, ἵνα παρῇ πάντα αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀγαθά. τὸ δὲ ἐπιδεῖσθαι παιδία σωφροσύνης μετασχεῖν, θεοῦ δυνάμει τοῦτο γίνεται.
(41) On the following day he waited for the right moment and asked the next in order, "What is the grossest negligence?" To this he replied, "When a man is careless of his children, and does not devote every effort to their education. For our prayers to God are always not so much for ourselves as for our offspring, that every blessing may be theirs. But the desire that our children may be endued with sobriety comes through the power of God."

§249 ← §248 §250 →

Φήσας δὲ εὐλογεῖν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλόπατρις εἴη; Προτιθέμενος, εἶπεν, ὅτι καλὸν ἐν ἰδίᾳ καὶ ζῇν καὶ τελευτᾷν. ἡ δὲ ξενία τοῖς μὲν πένησι καταφρόνησιν ἐργάζεται, τοῖς δὲ πλουσίοις ὄνειδος, ὡς διὰ κακίαν ἐκπεπτωκόσιν. εὐεργετῶν οὖν ἅπαντας, καθὼς συνεχῶς τοῦτ᾽ ἐπιτελεῖς, θεοῦ διδόντος σοὶ πρὸς πάντα χάριν, φιλόπατρις φανήσῃ.
(42) He said that he had spoken well, and asked another how he might be a lover of his country. "By keeping iri mind," he replied, "that it is good to live and die in one's own land. Residence in a foreign country brings contempt upon the poor man and disgrace on the rich, as though they were in exile for a crime. If, then, thou bestowest benefits upon all men (as is thy constant habit, since God grants thee favour with all) thou wilt be accounted a lover of thy country."

§250 ← §249 §251 →

Τούτου δὲ ἀκούσας τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς {ἂν} ἁρμόσαι γυναικί; {Γινώσκων} ὅτι μὲν θρασύ ἐστιν, ἔφη, τὸ θῆλυ γένος, καὶ δραστικὸν ἐφ᾽ ὃ βούλεται πρᾶγμα, καὶ μεταπῖπτον εὐκόπως διὰ παραλογισμοῦ, καὶ τῇ φύσει κατεσκεύασται ἀσθενές· δέον δ᾽ ἐστὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑγιὲς χρῆσθαι, καὶ μὴ πρὸς ἔριν ἀντιπράσσειν.
(43) After hearing him he inquired of the next one how he might live amicably with his wife. "By bearing in mind," he replied, "that womankind are headstrong and energetic in pursuing their desires, and subject to sudden changes of opinion through fallacious reasoning, and weak by nature; and one must treat them sanely and not by opposing provoke a quarrel.

§251 ← §250 §252 →

κατορθοῦται γὰρ βίος, ὅταν ὁ κυβερνῶν εἰδῇ, πρὸς τίνα σκοπὸν δεῖ τὴν διέξοδον ποιεῖσθαι. θεοῦ δ᾽ ἐπικλήσει καὶ βίος κυβερνᾶται κατὰ πάντα.
For life is then guided aright, when the steersman knows the port to which he must direct his course. But, if God's help be invoked, life is indeed at all times steered aright."

§252 ← §251 §253 →

Συνανθομολογησάμενος δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς {ἂν} ἀναμάρτητος εἴη; ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Ὡς ἅπαντα πράσσων καὶ μετὰ διαλογισμοῦ καὶ μὴ πειθόμενος διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ὢν δοκιμαστὴς τῶν λεγομένων καὶ κρίσει κατευθύνων τὰ τῶν ἐντεύξεων καὶ διὰ κρίσεως ἐπιτελῶν ταῦτα ἀναμάρτητος, ἔφησεν, ἂν εἴης, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τὸ δ᾽ ἐπινοεῖν ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀναστρέφεσθαι θείας δυνάμεώς ἐστιν ἔργον.
(44) He admitted the wisdom of his words, and asked the next one how he might be kept free from error. And he said, "By always acting with gravity and deliberation, and not giving credence to slanders, but testing for thyse!f what is told thee, and pronouncing thy own judgement on the petitions submitted, and being guided by thy own judgement in granting them, so wilt thou be free from error, O king. But to be of this mind and to live this life is a work which demands divine power."

§253 ← §252 §254 →

Διαχυθεὶς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς θυμοῦ γένοιτο; πρὸς τοῦτ᾽ εἶπε Γινώσκων ὅτι πάντων ἐξουσίαν ἔχει, καί, εἰ χρήσαιτο θυμῷ, θάνατον ἐπιφέρει· ὅπερ ἀνωφελὲς καὶ ἀλγεινόν ἐστιν, εἰ τὸ ζῇν ἀφελεῖται πολλῶν, διὰ τὸ κύριον εἶναι. πάντων δ᾽ ὑπηκόων ὄντων καὶ μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου, τίνος χάριν θυμωθήσεται;
(45) He was delighted with these words, and asked the next one how he might be free from wrath. To this he replied, "By bearing in mind that he had power to do all things, even to inflict sentence of death if he gave way to wrath; and this were unprofitable and grievous that he should deprive many of life because he was lord. And where all were his subjects and none resisted him, to what end should he be wroth?

§254 ← §253 §255 →

γινώσκειν δὲ δεῖ, διότι θεὸς τὸν πάντα κόσμον διοικεῖ μετ᾽ εὐμενείας καὶ χωρὶς ὀργῆς ἁπάσης· τούτῳ δὲ κατακολουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστί σε, ἔφησεν, ὦ βασιλεῦ.
And thou must know," he added, "that God governs the whole world with kindliness and without anger at all, and thou must follow His example, O king."

§255 ← §254 §256 →

Καλῶς δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί ἐστιν εὐβουλία; Τὸ καλῶς ἅπαντα πράσσειν, ἀπεφήνατο, μετὰ διαλογισμοῦ, κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν παρατιθέντα καὶ {τὰ} βλαβερὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον τοῦ λόγου διάστημα, ἵνα πρὸς ἕκαστον ἐπινοήσαντες ὦμεν εὖ βεβουλευμένοι, καὶ τὸ προτεθὲν ἡμῖν ἐπιτελῆται. τὸ δ᾽ αὖ κράτιστον, θεοῦ δυναστείᾳ πᾶν βούλευμα {τελείωσιν ἕξει} σοι τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀσκοῦντι.
(46) He said that he had answered well, and inquired of him who came next, "Wherein does wise counsel consist?" "In doing all things well and with deliberation," he replied; "not neglecting in our counsels to weigh the injurious effects of following the opposite view, that so after considering every point we may be well advised and our purpose may be fulfilled. But, what is more important than all, by the sovereign power of God every resolution of thine will find fulfilment, since thou dost practise piety."

§256 ← §255 §257 →

Κατωρθωκέναι δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰπὼν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Τί ἐστι φιλοσοφία; Τὸ καλῶς διαλογίζεσθαι πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν συμβαινόντων, ἀπεφήνατο, καὶ μὴ ἐκφέρεσθαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς, ἀλλὰ τὰς βλάβας καταμελετᾷν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐκβαινούσας, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὸν καιρὸν πράσσειν δεόντως μετριοπαθῆ καθεστῶτα. ἵνα δ᾽ ἐπίστασιν τούτων λαμβάνωμεν, θεραπεύειν δεῖ τὸν θεόν.
(47) He said that he, too, had answered rightly, and asked another, "What is philosophy?" "It is to deliberate well over all contingencies," he replied, "and not to be carried away by one's impulses, but to ponder the injuries which are the outcome of the passions, and to do the duty of the moment as it should be done, practising moderation. But we must pray to God for Ehe gift of a regard for these things."

§257 ← §256 §258 →

Ἐπισημήνας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἀποδοχῆς {ἐν ξενιτείᾳ} τυγχάνοι; Πᾶσιν ἴσος γινόμενος, ἔφη, καὶ μᾶλλον ἥττων ἢ καθυπερέχων φαινόμενος πρὸς οὓς ξενιτεύει. κοινῶς γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ ταπεινούμενον προσδέχεται κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τοὺς ὑποτασσομένους φιλανθρωπεῖ.
(48) Him, too, he applauded, and asked another how he might meet with acceptance when travelling abroad. "By treating all men as thy equals," he said, "and behaving rather as inferior than as superior to those among whom thou sojournest. For God alike accepts the lowly disposition, and the human race also deals kindly with the humble."

§258 ← §257 §259 →

Ἐπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις ἄλλον ἠρώτα Πῶς {ἃ} ἂν κατασκευάσῃ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο διαμένῃ; πρὸς τοῦτ᾽ εἶπεν Εἰ μεγάλα καὶ σεμνὰ ταῖς ποιήσεσιν ἐπιτελοῖ, πρὸς τὸ φείσασθαι τοὺς θεωροῦντας διὰ τὴν καλλονήν, καὶ μηθένα τῶν κατεργαζομένων τὰ τοιαῦτα παραπέμποι, μηδὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀμισθὶ συντελεῖν ἀναγκάζοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν.
(49) He expressed his assent thereto, and asked another how he could so build that his structures might endure hereafter. To this he replied, "If his creations were on a great and majestic scale, so that beholders would spare them for their beauty, and if he neglected no one who wrought such works, and did not compel others to minister to his needs without pay.

§259 ← §258 §260 →

διανοούμενος γὰρ ὡς θεὸς πολυωρεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, χορηγῶν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὑγείαν καὶ εὐαισθησίαν καὶ τὰ λοιπά, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκόλουθόν τι πράξει τῶν κακοπαθειῶν ἀποδιδοὺς τὴν ἀντάμειψιν. τὰ γὰρ ἐκ δικαιοσύνης τελούμενα, ταῦτα καὶ διαμένει.
For if he considered how God shews great consideration for the human race, supplying them with health and keenness of perception and his other gifts, he himself would act likewise, by rendering to men the due reward for their arduous labours. For it is the works which are done in righteousness which also endure."

§260 ← §259 §261 →

Εὖ δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰρηκέναι φήσας τὸν δέκατον ἠρώτα Τί ἐστι σοφίας καρπός; ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ μὴ συνιστορεῖν ἑαυτῷ κακὸν πεπραχότι, τὸν δὲ βίον ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διεξάγειν.
(50) He said that he, too, had spoken well, and asked the tenth, "What is the fruit of wisdom?" And he replied, "To be conscious of no wrong-doing and to live a life of sincerity.

§261 ← §260 §262 →

ἐκ τούτων γὰρ κρατίστη χαρὰ καὶ ψυχῆς εὐστάθειά σοι γίνεται, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, καὶ ἐλπίδες ἐπὶ θεῷ καλαὶ κρατοῦντί σοι τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐσεβῶς. Ὡς δὲ συνήκουσαν πάντες ἐπεφώνησαν σὺν κρότῳ πλείονι. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ προπιεῖν ὁ βασιλεὺς [λαμβάνειν] ἐτράπη, χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος.
For from these things thou gainest the highest joy and a tranquillity of soul, most mighty king, aye and good hopes in God, while thou dost govern thy kingdom in piety." And all the company after hearing them expressed their approval with loud applause. Thereupon the king in the fulness of his joy turned to the drinking of healths.

§262 ← §261 §263 →

Τῇ δ᾽ ἑξῆς καθὼς πρότερον ἡ διάταξις ἦν τῶν κατὰ τὸν πότον ἐπιτελουμένων, καιροῦ δὲ γενομένου τοὺς ἀπολιπόντας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπηρώτα. πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον δὲ ἔφη Πῶς ἂν μὴ τραπείη τις εἰς ὑπερηφανίαν;
(51) On the following day the banquet proceeded in the same order as before, and when the time was come the king questioned those who yet remained. And to the first he said, "How should one keep oneself from pride?"

§263 ← §262 §264 →

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ Εἰ τὴν ἰσότητα τηροῖ, καὶ παρ᾽ ἕκαστον ἑαυτὸν ὑπομιμνήσκοι, καθὼς ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἀνθρώπων ἡγεῖται. καὶ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους καθαιρεῖ, τοὺς δὲ ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ ταπεινοὺς ὑψοῖ.
And he answered, "By preserving a sense of equality and reminding himself on all occasions that he was a man as well as a leader of men. And God putteth down the proud but exalteth the meek and humble."

§264 ← §263 §265 →

Παρακαλέσας δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν ἑξῆς ἐπηρώτα Τίσι δεῖ συμβούλοις χρῆσθαι; τοῖς διὰ πολλῶν, ἔφη, πεπειραμένοις πραγμάτων καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν συντηροῦσιν ἀκέραιον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν τρόπων ὅσοι μετέχουσιν αὐτῷ. θεοῦ ἐπιφάνεια γίνεται πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἀξίοις.
(52) After a kindly word to him he asked the next in order, "Whom should one take for one's counsellors?" "Those," he replied, "who had been tried in many affairs and preserved a sincere loyalty towards him, and all who shared his principles. But, that these ends may be attained, God manifests Himself to those who are worthy."

§265 ← §264 §266 →

Ἐπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Τίς ἐστι βασιλεῖ κτῆσις ἀναγκαιοτάτη; Τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων φιλανθρωπία καὶ ἀγάπησις, ἀπεκρίνατο. διὰ γὰρ τούτων ἄλυτος εὐνοίας δεσμὸς γίνεται. τὸ δὲ γίνεσθαι κατὰ προαίρεσιν ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς ἐπιτελεῖ.
(53) He commended him, and asked another, "What is the most necessary possession for a king?" "The good wishes and love of his subjects," he replied. "For by these there is formed an indissoluble bond of loyalty. But it is God who causes these things to fall out as thou wouldest have them."

§266 ← §265 §267 →

Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἑτέρου διεπυνθάνετο Τί πέρας ἐστὶ λόγου; κἀκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησε Τὸ πεῖσαι τὸν ἀντιλέγοντα, διὰ τῆς ὑποτεταγμένης τάξεως τὰς βλάβας ἐπιδεικνύντα· οὕτω γὰρ λήψῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν οὐκ ἀντικείμενος, συγχρώμενος δὲ ἐπαίνῳ πρὸς τὸ πεῖσαι. θεοῦ δὲ ἐνεργείᾳ κατευθύνεται πειθώ.
(54) He commended him highly, and inquired of another, "What is the aim of oratory?" And he said, "To convince one's opponent, pointing out his errors in an attitude of deference. For in this way wilt thou win over the hearer, not by direct contradiction, but by showing appreciation withal with a view to convincing him. But persuasion is attained through God's working."

§267 ← §266 §268 →

Εὖ δὲ λέγειν φήσας αὐτὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν, παμμιγῶν ὄχλων ὄντων ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, τούτοις {ἁρμόσαι}; Τὸ πρέπον ἑκάστῳ συνυποκρινόμενος, εἶπε, καθηγεμόνα λαμβάνων δικαιοσύνην· ὡς καὶ ποιεῖς θεοῦ σοι διδόντος εὖ λογίζεσθαι.
(55) He said that he had spoken well, and asked another how he should live amicably with the many different races within his kingdom. "By acting the proper part towards each," was his reply, "taking righteousness for thy guide, even as thou dost, since God grants thee right judgement."

§268 ← §267 §269 →

Φιλοφρονηθεὶς δὲ τούτῳ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπεν Ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ λυπεῖσθαι; πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίθη Τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς φίλοις ὅταν θεωρῶμεν πολυχρόνια καὶ ἀνέκφευκτα γινόμενα. τελευτήσασι μὲν γὰρ καὶ κακῶν ἀπολελυμένοις οὐχ ὑπογράφει λύπην ὁ λόγος· ἀλλὰ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναφέροντες καὶ τὸ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συμφέρον λυποῦνται πάντες ἄνθρωποι. τὸ δ᾽ ἐκφυγεῖν πᾶν κακὸν θεοῦ δυνάμει γίνεται.
(56) He gave him his cordial thanks, and said to the next one, "For what things should one be grieved?" To this he replied, "For our friends' misfortunes, when we see that they are protracted and irremediable. Reason does not permit us to be grieved for such as are dead and released from ills; yet all men do so grieve, thinking only of themselves and their own advantage. But to escape from every ill is possible only through the power of God."

§269 ← §268 §270 →

Ὡς ἔδει δὲ φήσας αὐτὸν ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἀδοξία γίνεται; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησεν Ὅταν ὑπερηφανία καθηγῆται καὶ θράσος ἄληκτον, ἀτιμασμὸς ἐπιφύεται καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσις. θεὸς δὲ δόξης πάσης κυριεύει, ῥέπων οὗ βούλεται.
(57) He said that he had answered aright, and asked another, "How does ill-repute arise?" And he replied, "When pride and unbounded self-confidence lead the way, dishonour and ruined reputation follow hard on their heels. But all reputation is at God's disposal, who assigns it where He will."

§270 ← §269 §271 →

Καὶ τούτῳ δ᾽ ἐπικυρώσας τὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Τίσι δεῖ πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν; Τοῖς διὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν, εἶπε, συνοῦσί σοι, καὶ μὴ διὰ τὸν φόβον μηδὲ διὰ πολυωρίαν, ἐπανάγουσι πάντα πρὸς τὸ κερδαίνειν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀγαπήσεως σημεῖον, τὸ δὲ δυσνοίας καὶ καιροτηρησίας· ὃς γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ πλεονεκτεῖν {ὁρμᾶται} προδότης πέφυκε. σὺ δὲ πάντας εὐνόους ἔχεις θεοῦ σοι καλὴν βουλὴν διδόντος.
(58) His reply also he endorsed, and asked the next man to whom he should entrust himself. "To those," he replied, "who attend upon thee out of goodwill, and not from fear or self-interest, making gain their sole motive. For the one is a token of love, but the other of ill will and time-serving; for the man who is bent on advancing his own interests is a born traitor. But thou hast the goodwill of all men, since God gives thee good counsel."

§271 ← §270 §272 →

οφῶς δὲ αὐτὸν εἰπὼν ἀποκεκρίσθαι, ἑτέρῳ εἶπε Τί βασιλείαν διατηρεῖ; πρὸς τοῦτ᾽ ἔφη Μέριμνα καὶ φροντίς, ὡς οὐδὲν κακουργηθήσεται διὰ τῶν ἀποτεταγμένων εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους ταῖς χρείαις· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις θεοῦ σοι τὴν σεμνὴν ἐπίνοιαν διδόντος.
(59) He said that he had answered wisely, and said to another, "What preserves a kingdom?" To this he replied, "Care and watchfulness to see that no injury is inflicted by those who are set in positions of authority over the people. And such is thy practice, since God grants -thee the gift of grave reflection."

§272 ← §271 §273 →

Θαρσύνας δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Τί διαφυλάσσει χάριτα καὶ τιμήν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἀρετή. καλῶν γὰρ ἔργων ἐστὶν ἐπιτέλεια, τὸ δὲ κακὸν ἀποτρίβεται· καθὼς σὺ διατηρεῖς τὴν πρὸς ἅπαντας καλοκἀγαθίαν παρὰ θεοῦ δῶρον τοῦτ᾽ ἔχων.
(60) He spoke encouragingly to him, and asked another, "What is it that maintains favour and honour?" And he said, "Virtue, for it is the fulfilment of good works, and rejects what is base; even as thou dost preserve thy perfect bearing towards all by the gift which thou hast from God."

§273 ← §272 §274 →

Κεχαρισμένως δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν ἑνδέκατον ἐπηρώτα (διὰ τὸ δύο πλεονάζειν τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα) Πῶς ἂν κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις εἰρηνικῶς ἔχοι; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Διαλαμβάνων ὅτι κακὸν οὐδὲν εἴργασται τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων οὐθενί, πάντες δὲ ἀγωνιοῦνται περὶ τῶν εὐεργετημάτων, εἰδότες, κἂν ἐκ τοῦ ζῇν ἀποτρέχωσιν, ἐπιμελητήν σε τῶν βίων.
(61) He received his reply graciously, and asked the eleventh (for their number exceeded seventy by two), how even in warfare he might maintain a peaceful tranquillity of soul. And he replied, "By the consciousness of not having wronged any of thy subjects, and that all will fight in return for benefits received, knowing that even though they lay down their lives thou dost care for their welfare.

§274 ← §273 §275 →

οὐ γὰρ διαλείπεις ἐπανορθῶν ἅπαντας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι καλοφροσύνην δεδωκότος. Ἐπισημήνας δὲ κρότῳ πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀπεδέξατο φιλοφρονούμενος, καὶ προπίνων ἑκάστῳ πλεῖόν τι πρὸς τὸ τερφθῆναι {ἐτράπη}, μετ᾽ εὐφροσύνης τοῖς ἀνδράσι συνὼν καὶ χαρᾶς πλείονος.
For thou never failest to make reparation to any, such is the kindheartedness which God has given thee." He loudly applauded and expressed his hearty approval to them all, and then drank a long draught to the health of each and gave himself up to enjoyment, sharing the men's society with merriment and high elation.

§275 ← §274 §276 →

Τῇ ἑβδόμῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν, πλείονος παρασκευῆς γενομένης, προσπαραγινομένων πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων (ἦσαν γὰρ ἱκανοὶ πρέσβεις), ἐπηρώτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καιροῦ γενομένου τὸν πρωτεύοντα τῶν ἀπολιπόντων τῆς ἐρωτήσεως Πῶς ἂν ἀπαραλόγιστος {εἴη};
(62) On the seventh of the days the banquet was prepared on a larger scale, as many other visitors from the cities were admitted, for a great number of ambassadors were in attendance. And when the time came the king asked the first of those who had not yet answered, how he might avoid being deceived by false reasoning.

§276 ← §275 §277 →

ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Δοκιμάζων καὶ τὸν λέγοντα καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον καὶ περὶ τίνος λέγει, καὶ ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ τὰ αὐτὰ δι᾽ ἑτέρων τρόπων ἐπερωτῶν. τὸ δὲ νοῦν ἔχειν ὀξὺν καὶ δύνασθαι κρίνειν ἕκαστα θεοῦ δώρημα καλόν ἐστιν· ὡς σὺ τοῦτο κέκτησαι, βασιλεῦ.
And he said, "By scrutinizing the speaker and his words and the subject of his speech, and by taking time and asking the same questions in different forms. But the possession of an alert understanding and the power of passing judgement in every case is a beautiful boon of God; and this dost thou possess, O king."

§277 ← §276 §278 →

Κρότῳ δὲ ἐπισημηνάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Διὰ τί τὴν ἀρετὴν οὐ παραδέχονται τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ πλείονες; Ὅτι φυσικῶς ἅπαντες, εἶπεν, ἀκρατεῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς τρεπόμενοι γεγόνασιν· ὧν χάριν ἀδικία πέφυκε καὶ τὸ τῆς πλεονεξίας χύμα.
(63) The king loudly applauded, and asked another, "Why do most men not embrace virtue?" "Because," he replied, "all men are by nature intemperate and hanker after their pleasures, by reason of which things comes injustice and a sea of covetousness.

§278 ← §277 §279 →

τὸ δὲ τῆς ἀρετῆς κατάστημα κωλύει τοὺς ἐπιφερομένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδονοκρασίαν, ἐγκράτειαν δὲ κελεύει καὶ δικαιοσύνην προτιμᾷν. ὁ δὲ θεὸς πάντων ἡγεῖται τούτων.
But the virtuous state checks those who are drifting into a life of self-indulgence and bids them prefer temperance and righteousness. But all this is under the direction of God."

§279 ← §278 §280 →

Εὖ δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι τοῦτον εἰπὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἠρώτα Τίσι δεῖ κατακολουθεῖν τοὺς βασιλεῖς; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τοῖς νόμοις, ἵνα δικαιοπραγοῦντες ἀνακτῶνται τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσων ἀένναον μνήμην καταβέβλησαι σεαυτοῦ, θείῳ προστάγματι κατακολουθῶν.
(64) The king said that he had answered well, and asked the next one, "Whose guidance should kings follow?" And he said, "The guidance of the laws, that so by righteous dealings they may repair the lives of men, even as thou by such action hast laid the foundation of an everlasting memorial for thyself, through following the divine commandment."

§280 ← §279 §281 →

Εἰπὼν δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν στρατηγούς; ὃς δὲ εἶπεν Ὅσοι μισοπονηρίαν ἔχουσι, καὶ τὴν ἀγωγὴν αὐτοῦ μιμούμενοι, πρὸς τὸ διὰ παντὸς εὐδοξίαν ἔχειν αὐτούς, τὰ δίκαια πράσσουσι· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο ἐπιτελεῖς, εἶπε, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, θεοῦ σοι στέφανον δικαιοσύνης δεδωκότος.
(65) He said that he also had spoken well, and asked the next, "Whom should we appoint chief magistrates?" And he said, "Those who have a hatred of wrong and do what is just, imitating their ruler's conduct, to the intent that they may ever be in good repute; even as thou dost," he added, "most mighty king, God having given thee a crown of righteousness."

§281 ← §280 §282 →

Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν μετὰ φωνῆς ἐπὶ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπε Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν ἐπὶ τῶν δυνάμεων ἄρχοντας; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Τοὺς ἀνδρείᾳ διαφέροντας καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιουμένους τὸ σώζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἢ τὸ νικᾷν, τῷ θράσει {παραβάλλοντας} τὸ ζῇν. ὡς γὰρ ὁ θεὸς εὖ ἐργάζεται πᾶσι, καὶ σὺ τοῦτον μιμούμενος εὐεργετεῖς τοὺς ὑπὸ σεαυτόν.
(66) He loudly signified his approval and, turning to the next one, said, "Whom should we appoint as officers over the forces?" And he replied, "Those who are distinguished for bravery and justice and are more anxious for the safety of their men than to gain a victory while risking their lives in rash enterprises. For as God does good to all, so dost thou, making Him thy example, do good to thy subjects."

§282 ← §281 §283 →

Ὁ δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας αὐτὸν εὖ, ἄλλον ἠρώτα Τίνα θαυμάζειν ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸν κεχορηγημένον δόξῃ καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ δυνάμει, καὶ ψυχὴν ἴσον πᾶσιν ὄντα· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο ποιῶν ἀξιοθαύμαστος εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος εἰς ταῦτα τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.
(67) He said that his answer was good, and asked another, "What man is worthy of admiration?" And he said, "He that is endowed with glory and riches and power and yet inwardly regards himself as on an equality with all men, even as thou by such action art worthily admired, since God grants thee a care for these things."

§283 ← §282 §284 →

Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπεν Ἐν τίσι δεῖ πράγμασι τοὺς βασιλεῖς τὸν πλείω χρόνον διάγειν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἐν ταῖς ἀναγνώσεσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πορειῶν ἀπογραφαῖς διατρίβειν, ὅσαι πρὸς τὰς βασιλείας ἀναγεγραμμέναι τυγχάνουσι πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν καὶ διαμονὴν ἀνθρώπων. ὃ σὺ πράσσων ἀνέφικτον ἄλλοις δόξαν κέκτησιν θεοῦ σοι τὰ βουλήματα συντελοῦντος.
(68) To him also he gave his assent, and said to the next, "Upon what matters should kings spend most of their time?" And he said, "In reading and the study of the records of official journeys, which are drawn up for kings with a view to the amelioration and preservation of the subjects. And by so doing thou hast won a renown beyond the reach of others, since God fulfils thy desires."

§284 ← §283 §285 →

Ἐνεργῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον προσειπὼν ἕτερον ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαγωγὰς ἐν ταῖς ἀνέσεσι καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Θεωρεῖν ὅσα {παίζεται} μετὰ περιστολῆς καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τιθέναι τὰ τοῦ βίου μετ᾽ εὐσχημοσύνης καὶ καταστολῆς γινόμενα {βίῳ συμφέρον καὶ καθῆκον}. ἔνεστι γὰρ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἐπισκευή τις.
(69) The king spoke to him enthusiastically, and asked another what he should take for his pastimes in his hours of relaxation and recreation. And he said, "To watch plays which are played with propriety and to set before one's eyes scenes from life enacted with decency and restraint is profitable to one's life and appropriate.

§285 ← §284 §286 →

πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐλαχίστων αἱρετόν τι δείκνυται. σὺ δὲ πᾶσαν ἠσκηκὼς καταστολὴν διὰ τῶν ἐνεργεῖν φιλοσοφεῖς διὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν ὑπὸ θεοῦ τιμώμενος.
For even in these matters some instruction is contained, since often by the most insignificant of things some desirable lesson is conveyed. But thou hast practised all restraint and carriest thy philosophy into thy actions, while thou art honoured by God for thy perfect virtue."

§286 ← §285 §287 →

Εὐαρεστήσας δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις πρὸς τὸν ἔνατον εἶπε Πῶς δεῖ διὰ τῶν συμποσίων διεξάγειν; ὁ δὲ ἔφησε Παραλαμβάνοντα τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς καὶ δυναμένους ὑπομιμνήσκειν τὰ {χρήσιμα τῇ βασιλείᾳ} καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀρχομένων βίοις- ἐμμελέστερον ἢ μουσικώτερον οὐκ ἂν εὕροις τι τούτων·
(70) He was well pleased with these words, and said to the ninth, "What should be one's conduct at banquets?" And he said, "Thou shouldest invite such as are lovers of learning and able to suggest what may be useful to the kingdom and to the lives of thy subjects. No more harmonious or sweeter music couldest thou find.

§287 ← §286 §288 →

οὗτοι γὰρ θεοφιλεῖς εἰσι πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα πεπαιδευκότες τὰς διανοίας- καθὼς καὶ σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις, ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ θεοῦ σοι κατευθυνομένων ἅπαντων.
For these are beloved of God, since they have trained their minds in the highest learning. And such indeed is thy practice, since all thy actions are directed by God."

§288 ← §287 §289 →

Διαχυθεὶς δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί κάλλιστόν ἐστι τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἐξ ἰδιώτου βασιλέα κατασταθῆναι {ἐπ᾽} αὐτῶν, ἢ ἐκ βασιλέως βασιλέα; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ ἄριστον τῇ φύσει.
(71) Delighted at his words, he inquired of the next one, "Which is the best for the people, that a commoner should be set over them as king, or one born of royal blood?" And he said, "He who has the noblest nature.

§289 ← §288 §290 →

καὶ γὰρ ἐκ βασιλέων βασιλεῖς γινόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ἀνήμεροί τε καὶ σκληροὶ καθίστανται· πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον καί τινες τῶν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ κακῶν πεπειραμένοι καὶ πενίας μετεσχηκότες ἄρξαντες ὄχλων χαλεπώτεροι τῶν ἀνοσίων τυράννων ἐξέβησαν.
For some kings of royal lineage are inhuman and harsh towards their subjects; and much more is this true of some who have risen from the ranks, who after experiencing misery and a taste of poverty have, on becoming rulers of multitudes, proved themselves more cruel than the unholy tyrants.

§290 ← §289 §291 →

ἀλλὰ ὡς προεῖπον, ἦθος χρηστὸν καὶ παιδείας κεκοινωνηκὸς δυνατὸν ἄρχειν ἐστί· καθὼς σὺ βασιλεὺς μέγας ὑπάρχεις, οὐ τοσοῦτον τῇ δόξῃ τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ πλούτῳ προσχών, ὅσον ἐπιεικείᾳ καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὑπερῆρκας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι δεδωρημένου ταῦτα.
But, as I said before, a good disposition which has had the advantage of culture is fitted to bear rule, even as thou art a great king, not so much through the pre-eminent glory of thy rule and thy wealth, as because thou hast outstripped all men in gentleness and kindness, since God has conferred these gifts upon thee."

§291 ← §290 §292 →

Ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἠρώτα Τί μέγιστόν ἐστι βασιλείας; πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπε Τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἐν εἰρήνῃ καθεστάναι τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους, καὶ κομίζεσθαι τὸ δίκαιον ταχέως ἐν ταῖς διακρίσεσι.
(72) He commended him at some length, and asked him who was last of all, "What is the greatest achievement in the office of a king?" To this he replied, "If his subjects enjoy continual peace and get speedy justice done them when their cases are tried.

§292 ← §291 §293 →

ταῦτα δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸν ἡγούμενον, ὅταν μισοπόνηρος ᾖ καὶ φιλάγαθος καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου σώζειν· καθὼς καὶ σὺ μέγιστον κακὸν ἥγησαι τὴν ἀδικίαν, δικαίως δὲ πάντα κυβερνῶν ἀένναον τὴν περὶ σεαυτὸν δόξαν κατεσκευάσας, τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος ἔχειν ἁγνὴν καὶ ἀμιγῆ παντὸς κακοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν.
And these results follow when the governor is a hater of evil and a lover of good and makes much of the saving of a man's life; even as thou regardest injustice as the greatest of evils, and by thy just government in all things hast procured for thyself an imperishable renown, since God vouchsafes to give thee a pure mind untainted with evil."

§293 ← §292 §294 →

Καταλήξαντος δὲ τούτου κατερράγη κρότος μετὰ φωνῆς καὶ χαρᾶς ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον. ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο, ὁ βασιλεὺς λαβὼν ποτήριον ἐπεχέατο καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἁπάντων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων. ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ εἶπε Τὰ μέγιστά μοι γέγονεν ἀγαθὰ παραγενηθέντων ὑμῶν·
When his speech was ended, there was a burst of applause with shouting and jubilation lasting for a good while. And when this ceased, the king took a goblet and drank a toast in honour of all his guests and the speeches which they had delivered. And in conclusion he said, "You have brought me the greatest of blessings by your coming,

§294 ← §293 §295 →

πολλὰ γὰρ ὠφέλημαι, καταβεβλημένων ὑμῶν διδαχὴν ἐμοὶ πρὸς τὸ βασιλεύειν. ἑκάστῳ δὲ τρία τάλαντα προσέταξεν ἀργυρίου δοθῆναι καὶ τὸν ἀποκαταστήσοντα παῖδα. συνεπιφωνησάντων δὲ πάντων, χαρᾶς ἐπληρώθη τὸ συμπόσιον, ἀδιαλείπτως τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς εὐφροσύνην τραπέντος.
for I have derived great benefit from the doctrine which you have laid down to guide me in my kingly office." And he commanded that to each should be given three talents of silver and the slave who should hand it to him. All the guests shouted their approval and the banquet become a scene of rejoicing, while the king gave himself up to a continuous round of festivity.

§295 ← §294 §296 →

Ἐγὼ δὲ {εἰ πεπλεόνακα,} τούτοις, ὦ Φιλόκρατες, συγγνώμην ἔχειν. τεθαυμακὼς γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐποιοῦντο πολλοῦ χρόνου δεομένας,
Now, if I have been too prolix, dear Philocrates, I pray thee to excuse this fault. For I admired beyond measure the way in which the men on the spur of the moment were ready with their replies which required much meditation;

§296 ← §295 §297 →

καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἐρωτῶντος μεμεριμνηκότος ἕκαστα, τῶν δὲ ἀποκρινομένων καταλλήλως ἐχόντων τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἐρωτήσας, ἄξιοι θαυμασμοῦ κατεφαίνοντό μοι καὶ τοῖς παροῦσι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις. οἴομαι δὲ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς παραληψομένοις τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἄπιστον φανεῖται.
and, seeing that their interrogator had carefully thought out each question, while the respondents one after the other had the task of replying thereto, they did indeed appear to me and to those who were present, but chiefly to the philosophers, deserving of admiration. And I believe that to all into whose hands this narrative may come it will appear incredible.

§297 ← §296 §298 →

ψεύσασθαι μὲν οὖν οὐ καθῆκόν ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων· εἰ δὲ καί τι παραβαίην, οὐχ ὅσιον ἐν τούτοις· ἀλλ᾽, ὡς γέγονεν, οὕτως διασαφοῦμεν ἀφοσιούμενοι πᾶν ἁμάρτημα. διόπερ ἐπειράθην ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτῶν τὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν παρὰ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων ἕκαστα τῶν γινομένων ἔν τε τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ταῖς συμποσίαις μεταλαβεῖν.
But to be untruthful in matters which are reported in the public archives is not meet. Were I even to pass over anything, it would be an act of impiety where such matters are concerned. No, we describe just what took place, conscientiously disclaiming all error. To this end, so much was I impressed with their powers of speech, I endeavoured to obtain information from those persons who record in detail all that takes place at the king's audiences and entertainments.

§298 ← §297 §299 →

ἔθος γάρ ἐστι, καθὼς καὶ σὺ γινώσκεις, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἂν [ἡμέρας] ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄρξηται χρηματίζειν, μέχρις οὗ κατακοιμηθῇ, πάντα ἀναγράφεσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ πρασσόμενα, καλῶς γινομένου καὶ συμφερόντως.
For it is the custom, as thou art aware, to have a record kept of all that is said and done from the hour when the king begins to• give audience until he retires to rest, and the practice is a good and useful one.

§299 ← §298 §300 →

τῇ γὰρ ἐπιούσῃ τὰ τῇ πρότερον πεπραγμένα καὶ λελαλημένα πρὸ τοῦ χρηματισμοῦ παραναγινώσκεται, καί, εἴ τι μὴ δεόντως γέγονε, διορθώσεως τυγχάνει τὸ πεπραγμένον.
The next day, before any audience is given, the minutes of the doings and sayings of the previous day are read through, and any irregularity which has occurred is corrected.

§300 ← §299 §301 →

πάντ᾽ οὖν ἀκριβῶς {παρὰ τῶν} ἀναγεγραμμένων, ὡς ἐλέχθη, μεταλαβόντες κατακεχωρίκαμεν, εἰδότες ἣν ἔχεις φιλομάθειαν εἰς τὰ χρήσιμα.
We have, then, as we said, obtained accurate information on all points from the public records, and have set it down here in writing, knowing as we did thy love of useful learning.

§301 ← §300 §302 →

Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ὁ Δημήτριος παραλαβὼν αὐτούς, καὶ διελθὼν τὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ σταδίων ἀνάχωμα τῆς θαλάσσης πρὸς τὴν νῆσον, καὶ διαβὰς τὴν γέφυραν, καὶ προσελθὼν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ βόρεια μέρη, συνέδριον ποιησάμενος εἰς κατεσκευασμένον οἶκον παρὰ τὴν ἠϊόνα, διαπρεπῶς ἔχοντα καὶ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ἔφεδρον, παρεκάλει τοὺς ἄνδρας τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐπιτελεῖν, παρόντων ὅσα πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἔδει καλῶς.
Now after three days Demetrius took the men with him and passing over the break-water, seven furlongs in length, to the island crossed the bridge and proceeded to the northern district. There he held a session in a nouse which had been prepared by the sea-shore, magnificently built in a secluded situation, and bade them carry out their work of translation, since all the necessary appliances had been well provided.

§302 ← §301 §303 →

οἱ δὲ ἐπετέλουν ἕκαστα σύμφωνα ποιοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ταῖς ἀντιβολαῖς· τὸ δὲ ἐκ τῆς συμφωνίας γινόμενον πρεπόντως ἀναγραφῆς οὕτως ἐτύγχανε παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου.
And so they proceeded to carry it out, arriving at an agreement on each point by comparing each other's work; the appropriate rendering so agreed on was then transcribed under the direction of Demetrius.

§303 ← §302 §304 →

καὶ μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης τὰ τῆς συνεδρείας ἐγίνετο· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν ἀπελύοντο γίνεσθαι, χορηγουμένων αὐτοῖς δαψιλῶς ὧν προῃροῦντο πάντων.
The session used to last until the ninth hour, and thereafter they would depart to attend to their bodily comforts, all their wants being plentifully supplied.

§304 ← §303 §305 →

ἐκτὸς δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, ὅσα βασιλεῖ παρεσκευάζετο, καὶ τούτοις ὁ Δωρόθεος ἐπετέλει· προστεταγμένον γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. ἅμα δὲ τῇ πρωΐᾳ παρεγίνοντο εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, καὶ ποιησάμενοι τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπελύοντο πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτῶν τόπον.
Moreover, Dorotheus used every day to make the same arrangements for them as were made for the king, for he had the king's order so to do. Every day at dawn they would come to the court, make their salutation to the king and depart to their own place.

§305 ← §304 §306 →

ὡς δὲ ἔθος ἐστὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, {ἀπονιψάμενοι} τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰς χεῖρας, ὡς ἂν εὔξωνται πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἐτρέποντο πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου διασάφησιν.
And when, as is the custom of all the Jews, they had washed their hands in the sea and had offered a prayer to God, they betook themselves to the reading and interpretation of each passage.

§306 ← §305 §307 →

Ἐπηρώτησα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο Τίνος χάριν ἀπονιζόμενος τὰς χεῖρας τὸ τηνικαῦτα εὔχονται; διεσάφουν δέ, ὅτι μαρτύριόν ἐστι τοῦ μηδὲν εἰργάσθαι κακόν· πᾶσα γὰρ ἐνέργεια διὰ τῶν χειρῶν γίνεται· καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως μεταφέροντες ἐπὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πάντα.
I questioned them on this point, why it was that they washed their hands before praying. And they explained that it was in token that they had done no wrong, since the hands are the medium for all activity; in such a beautiful and pious spirit do they make all things symbols of righteousness and truth.

§307 ← §306 §308 →

καθὼς δὲ προειρήκαμεν, οὕτως καθ᾽ ἑκάστην εἰς τὸν τόπον, ἔχοντα τερπνότητα διὰ τὴν ἠσυχίαν καὶ καταύγειαν, συναγόμενοι τὸ προκείμενον ἐπετέλουν. συνέτυχε δὲ οὕτως ἐν ἡμέραις ἑβδομήκοντα δυσὶ τελειωθῆναι τὰ τῆς μεταγραφῆς, οἱονεὶ κατὰ πρόθεσίν τινα τοῦ τοιούτου γεγενημένου.
Thus, as we have said already, they assembled every day in this spot, which the peacefulness and brilliant light rendered so delightful, and carried on their appointed task.

§308 ← §307 §309 →

Τελείωσιν δὲ ὅτε ἔλαβε, συναγαγὼν ὁ Δημήτριος τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐτελέσθη, παρανέγνω πᾶσι, παρόντων καὶ τῶν διερμηνευσάντων, οἵτινες μεγάλης ἀποδοχῆς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἔτυχον, ὡς ἂνμεγάλων ἀγαθῶν παραίτιοι γεγονότες.
And so it came about that the translation was accomplished in seventy-two days, as though this coincidence had been intended. And when the work was ended, Demetrius assembled the Jewish people on the spot where the translation had been made and read it through to the whole assembly in the presence of the translators, who received another great ovation from the people in recognition of the great services which they had rendered.

§309 ← §308 §310 →

ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸν Δημήτριον ἀποδεξάμενοι παρεκάλεσαν μεταδοῦναι τοῖς ἡγουμένοις αὐτῶν, μεταγράψαντα τὸν πάντα νόμον.
And they gave a similar reception to Demetrius and requested him to have a copy of the whole Law transcribed and to present it to their rulers.

§310 ← §309 §311 →

καθὼς δὲ ἀνεγνώσθη τὰ τεύχη, στάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πολιτεύματος οἵ τε ἡγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους εἶπον Ἐπεὶ καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως διηρμήνευται καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἠκριβωμένως, καλῶς ἔχον ἐστίν, ἵνα διαμείνῃ ταῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ μὴ γένηται μηδεμία διασκευή.
And after the reading of the rolls the priests and the elders of the translators and some members of the Jewish community and the rulers of the people stood up and said, "Forasmuch as the translation has been well and piously executed and with perfect accuracy, it is right that it should remain in its present form and that no revision should take place."

§311 ← §310 §312 →

πάντων δ᾽ ἐπιφωνησάντων τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐκέλευσαν διαράσασθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις διασκευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμμένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν, καλῶς τούτο πράσσοντες, ἵνα διὰ παντὸς ἀένναα καὶ μένοντα φυλάσσηται.
And when all had assented to these words, they bade them, in accordance with their custom, pronounce an imprecation upon any who should revise the text by adding to, or in any way transposing, or omitting ought from, what had been written; and herein they did well, to the intent that the work might for ever be preserved imperishable and unchanged.

§312 ← §311 §313 →

Προσφωνηθέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων τῷ βασιλεῖ μεγάλως ἐχάρη· τὴν γὰρ πρόθεσιν, ἣν εἴχεν, ἀσφαλῶς ἔδοξε τετελειῶσθαι. παρανεγνώσθη δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα, καὶ λίαν ἐξεθαύμασε τὴν τοῦ νομοθέτου διάνοιαν. καὶ πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον εἶπε Πῶς τηλικούτων συντετελεσμένων οὐδεὶς ἐπεβάλετο τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἢ ποιητῶν ἐπιμνησθῆναι;
When word of these proceedings was brought to the king, he greatly rejoiced, for it seemed that his purpose had been securely attained. The whole work was read through to him, and he was greatly astonished at the spirit of the lawgiver. And he said to Demetrius, "How is it that none of the historians or poets ever thought of mentioning such great achievements?"

§313 ← §312 §314 →

ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Διὰ τὸ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν νομοθεσίαν καὶ διὰ θεοῦ γεγονέναι· καὶ τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πληγέντες τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀπέστησαν.
And he said, "Because the Law is holy and has been given by God; and some of those who did essay to do so were smitten of God and desisted from their attempt."

§314 ← §313 §315 →

καὶ γὰρ ἔφησεν ἀκηκοέναι Θεοπόμπου, διότι μέλλων τινὰ τῶν προηρμηνευμένων ἐπισφαλέστερον ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προσιστορεῖν ταραχὴν λάβοι τῆς διανοίας πλεῖον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἄνεσιν ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸν θεόν, σαφὲς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, τίνος χάριν τὸ συμβαῖνόν ἐστι.
For he said that he had heard Theopompus tell how when he was too rashly intending to introduce into his history some of the incidents from the Law which had previously been translated, his mind was deranged for more than thirty days; and when the disorder abated he besought God that the cause of the misfortune might be made plain to him;

§315 ← §314 §316 →

δι᾽ ὀνείρου δὲ σημανθέντος, ὅτι τὰ θεῖα βούλεται περιεργασάμενος εἰς κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκφέρειν, ἀποσχόμενον δὲ οὕτως ἀποκαταστῆναι.
and when it was shewn him in a dream that his desire to disclose divine truths to common men was misguided, he desisted, and thereupon recovered his reason.

§316 ← §315 §317 →

καὶ παρὰ Θεοδέκτου δὲ τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ μετέλαβον ἐγώ, διότι παραφέρειν μέλλοντός τι τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ πρός τι δρᾶμα τὰς ὄψες ἀπεγλαυκώθη· καὶ λαβὼν ὑπόνοιαν, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτ᾽ αὐτῷ τὸ σύμπτωμα γέγονεν, ἐξιλασάμενος τὸν θεὸν ἐν πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ἀποκατέστη.
"I have been informed too," he added, "by Theodectes, the tragic poet, that when he was intending to introduce into one of his plays something recorded in the Book, he was afflicted with cataract of the eyes; and, suspecting that this was the reason for his mishap, he besought God's mercy and after many days recovered his sight."

§317 ← §316 §318 →

Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς, καθὼς προεῖπον, περὶ τούτων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου, προσκυνήσας ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖν ἁγνῶς.
The king, when he heard the explanation which Demetrius gave of this matter, as above narrated, made obeisance, and ordered that great care should be taken of the books, and that they should be guarded with proper awe.

§318 ← §317 §319 →

παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἑρμηνεῖς, ἵνα παραγίνωνται πυκνότερον πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐὰν ἀποκατασταθῶσιν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίων,- δίκαιον γὰρ εἶπε τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι· παραγενηθέντες δέ, ὡς θέμις, ἕξειν αὐτοὺς φίλου·, καὶ {πολυωρία} τῆς μεγίστης τεύξεσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
He further besought the translators that after their return to Judaea they would visit him very often. It was but right, he added, that they should now be sent home, but, should they visit him, he would in hounden duty treat them as friends, and they would meet with the utmost consideration at his hands.

§319 ← §318 §320 →

τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν ἑτοιμάζειν, μεγαλομερῶς τοῖς ἀνδράσι χρησάμενος. ἑκάστῳ γὰρ στολὰς ἔδωκε τῶν κρατίστων τρεῖς καὶ χρυσίου τάλαντα δύο καὶ κυλίκιον ταλάντου καὶ τρικλίνου πᾶσαν κατάστρωσιν.
He ordered preparations to be made for their sending off and treated the men munificently. To each one he gave three of the finest changes of raimerit, and two talents of gold, and a side-board of a talent in weight, and all the furniture for the three couches of a diningroom.

§320 ← §319 §321 →

ἔπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῷ Ἐλεαζάρῳ μετὰ τῆς ἐκπομπῆς αὐτῶν ἀργυρόποδας κλίνας δέκα καὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα πάντα καὶ κυλίκιον ταλάντων τριάκοντα καὶ στολὰς δέκα καὶ πορφύραν καὶ στέφανον διαπρεπῆ καὶ βυσσίνων ὀθονίων ἱστοὺς ἑκατὸν καὶ φιάλας καὶ τρυβλία καὶ κρατῆρας χρυσοῦς δύο πρὸς ἀνάθεσιν.
To Eleazar also he sent by the hands of their escort ten couches with legs of silver and all the appurtenances thereof and a side-board of thirty talents and ten changes of raiment and a purple robe and a magnificent crown and a hundred pieces of fine woven linen and vials and dishes and two golden bowls as a dedicatory offering.

§321 ← §320 §322 →

ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ παρακαλῶν, ἵνα, ἐάν τινες τῶν ἀνδρῶν προαιρῶνται πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνακομισθῆναι, μὴ κωλύσῃ, περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις συνεῖναι, καὶ εἰς τοιούτους τὸν πλοῦτον κατατίθεσθαι δαψιλῶς, καὶ οὐκ εἰς μάταια.
He wrote a letter also requesting him that if any of the men should choose to return to him he would not prevent them from so doing; for he counted it a privilege to enjoy the society of learned men, and would rather lavish his wealth upon such persons than upon vanities.

§322 ← §321

Σὺ δέ, καθὼς ἐπηγγειλάμην, ἀπέχεις τὴν διήγησιν, ὦ Φιλόκρατες. τέρπειν γὰρ οἴομαί σε ταῦτα ἢ τὰ τῶν μυθολόγων βιβλία. νένευκας γὰρ πρὸς περιεργίαν τῶν δυναμένων ὠφελεῖν διάνοιαν, καὶ ἐν τούτοις τὸν πλείονα χρόνον διατελεῖς. πειράσομαι δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ἀξιολόγων ἀναγράφειν, ἵνα διαπορευόμενος αὐτὰ κομίζῃ τοῦ βουλήματος τὸ κάλλιστον ἔπαθλον.
There, Philocrates, thou hast the whole story which I promised thee. And indeed I believe that thou findest greater pleasure in these matters than in the books of the romancers; for thou art devoted to the study of those things which can profit the mind and art at most times occupied therewith. I shall, moreover, attempt to put on record whatever else is worthy of narration, that by the perusal thereof thou mayest win the fairest reward for thy zealous desire.
§1§51§100§200§322